cp:
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / loop.c
blob3108b032498b169b1b9cefc2b24b6917b24d55eb
1 /* Perform various loop optimizations, including strength reduction.
2 Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997,
3 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GCC.
7 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
8 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
9 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
10 version.
12 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
13 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
14 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
15 for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* This is the loop optimization pass of the compiler.
23 It finds invariant computations within loops and moves them
24 to the beginning of the loop. Then it identifies basic and
25 general induction variables. Strength reduction is applied to the general
26 induction variables, and induction variable elimination is applied to
27 the basic induction variables.
29 It also finds cases where
30 a register is set within the loop by zero-extending a narrower value
31 and changes these to zero the entire register once before the loop
32 and merely copy the low part within the loop.
34 Most of the complexity is in heuristics to decide when it is worth
35 while to do these things. */
37 #include "config.h"
38 #include "system.h"
39 #include "rtl.h"
40 #include "tm_p.h"
41 #include "obstack.h"
42 #include "function.h"
43 #include "expr.h"
44 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
45 #include "basic-block.h"
46 #include "insn-config.h"
47 #include "regs.h"
48 #include "recog.h"
49 #include "flags.h"
50 #include "real.h"
51 #include "loop.h"
52 #include "cselib.h"
53 #include "except.h"
54 #include "toplev.h"
55 #include "predict.h"
56 #include "insn-flags.h"
57 #include "optabs.h"
59 /* Not really meaningful values, but at least something. */
60 #ifndef SIMULTANEOUS_PREFETCHES
61 #define SIMULTANEOUS_PREFETCHES 3
62 #endif
63 #ifndef PREFETCH_BLOCK
64 #define PREFETCH_BLOCK 32
65 #endif
66 #ifndef HAVE_prefetch
67 #define HAVE_prefetch 0
68 #define CODE_FOR_prefetch 0
69 #define gen_prefetch(a,b,c) (abort(), NULL_RTX)
70 #endif
72 /* Give up the prefetch optimizations once we exceed a given threshhold.
73 It is unlikely that we would be able to optimize something in a loop
74 with so many detected prefetches. */
75 #define MAX_PREFETCHES 100
76 /* The number of prefetch blocks that are beneficial to fetch at once before
77 a loop with a known (and low) iteration count. */
78 #define PREFETCH_BLOCKS_BEFORE_LOOP_MAX 6
79 /* For very tiny loops it is not worthwhile to prefetch even before the loop,
80 since it is likely that the data are already in the cache. */
81 #define PREFETCH_BLOCKS_BEFORE_LOOP_MIN 2
82 /* The minimal number of prefetch blocks that a loop must consume to make
83 the emitting of prefetch instruction in the body of loop worthwhile. */
84 #define PREFETCH_BLOCKS_IN_LOOP_MIN 6
86 /* Parameterize some prefetch heuristics so they can be turned on and off
87 easily for performance testing on new architecures. These can be
88 defined in target-dependent files. */
90 /* Prefetch is worthwhile only when loads/stores are dense. */
91 #ifndef PREFETCH_ONLY_DENSE_MEM
92 #define PREFETCH_ONLY_DENSE_MEM 1
93 #endif
95 /* Define what we mean by "dense" loads and stores; This value divided by 256
96 is the minimum percentage of memory references that worth prefetching. */
97 #ifndef PREFETCH_DENSE_MEM
98 #define PREFETCH_DENSE_MEM 220
99 #endif
101 /* Do not prefetch for a loop whose iteration count is known to be low. */
102 #ifndef PREFETCH_NO_LOW_LOOPCNT
103 #define PREFETCH_NO_LOW_LOOPCNT 1
104 #endif
106 /* Define what we mean by a "low" iteration count. */
107 #ifndef PREFETCH_LOW_LOOPCNT
108 #define PREFETCH_LOW_LOOPCNT 32
109 #endif
111 /* Do not prefetch for a loop that contains a function call; such a loop is
112 probably not an internal loop. */
113 #ifndef PREFETCH_NO_CALL
114 #define PREFETCH_NO_CALL 1
115 #endif
117 /* Do not prefetch accesses with an extreme stride. */
118 #ifndef PREFETCH_NO_EXTREME_STRIDE
119 #define PREFETCH_NO_EXTREME_STRIDE 1
120 #endif
122 /* Define what we mean by an "extreme" stride. */
123 #ifndef PREFETCH_EXTREME_STRIDE
124 #define PREFETCH_EXTREME_STRIDE 4096
125 #endif
127 /* Do not handle reversed order prefetches (negative stride). */
128 #ifndef PREFETCH_NO_REVERSE_ORDER
129 #define PREFETCH_NO_REVERSE_ORDER 1
130 #endif
132 /* Prefetch even if the GIV is not always executed. */
133 #ifndef PREFETCH_NOT_ALWAYS
134 #define PREFETCH_NOT_ALWAYS 0
135 #endif
137 /* If the loop requires more prefetches than the target can process in
138 parallel then don't prefetch anything in that loop. */
139 #ifndef PREFETCH_LIMIT_TO_SIMULTANEOUS
140 #define PREFETCH_LIMIT_TO_SIMULTANEOUS 1
141 #endif
143 #define LOOP_REG_LIFETIME(LOOP, REGNO) \
144 ((REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO) - REGNO_FIRST_LUID (REGNO)))
146 #define LOOP_REG_GLOBAL_P(LOOP, REGNO) \
147 ((REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO) > INSN_LUID ((LOOP)->end) \
148 || REGNO_FIRST_LUID (REGNO) < INSN_LUID ((LOOP)->start)))
150 #define LOOP_REGNO_NREGS(REGNO, SET_DEST) \
151 ((REGNO) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER \
152 ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS ((REGNO), GET_MODE (SET_DEST)) : 1)
155 /* Vector mapping INSN_UIDs to luids.
156 The luids are like uids but increase monotonically always.
157 We use them to see whether a jump comes from outside a given loop. */
159 int *uid_luid;
161 /* Indexed by INSN_UID, contains the ordinal giving the (innermost) loop
162 number the insn is contained in. */
164 struct loop **uid_loop;
166 /* 1 + largest uid of any insn. */
168 int max_uid_for_loop;
170 /* 1 + luid of last insn. */
172 static int max_luid;
174 /* Number of loops detected in current function. Used as index to the
175 next few tables. */
177 static int max_loop_num;
179 /* Bound on pseudo register number before loop optimization.
180 A pseudo has valid regscan info if its number is < max_reg_before_loop. */
181 unsigned int max_reg_before_loop;
183 /* The value to pass to the next call of reg_scan_update. */
184 static int loop_max_reg;
186 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
187 #define obstack_chunk_free free
189 /* During the analysis of a loop, a chain of `struct movable's
190 is made to record all the movable insns found.
191 Then the entire chain can be scanned to decide which to move. */
193 struct movable
195 rtx insn; /* A movable insn */
196 rtx set_src; /* The expression this reg is set from. */
197 rtx set_dest; /* The destination of this SET. */
198 rtx dependencies; /* When INSN is libcall, this is an EXPR_LIST
199 of any registers used within the LIBCALL. */
200 int consec; /* Number of consecutive following insns
201 that must be moved with this one. */
202 unsigned int regno; /* The register it sets */
203 short lifetime; /* lifetime of that register;
204 may be adjusted when matching movables
205 that load the same value are found. */
206 short savings; /* Number of insns we can move for this reg,
207 including other movables that force this
208 or match this one. */
209 unsigned int cond : 1; /* 1 if only conditionally movable */
210 unsigned int force : 1; /* 1 means MUST move this insn */
211 unsigned int global : 1; /* 1 means reg is live outside this loop */
212 /* If PARTIAL is 1, GLOBAL means something different:
213 that the reg is live outside the range from where it is set
214 to the following label. */
215 unsigned int done : 1; /* 1 inhibits further processing of this */
217 unsigned int partial : 1; /* 1 means this reg is used for zero-extending.
218 In particular, moving it does not make it
219 invariant. */
220 unsigned int move_insn : 1; /* 1 means that we call emit_move_insn to
221 load SRC, rather than copying INSN. */
222 unsigned int move_insn_first:1;/* Same as above, if this is necessary for the
223 first insn of a consecutive sets group. */
224 unsigned int is_equiv : 1; /* 1 means a REG_EQUIV is present on INSN. */
225 enum machine_mode savemode; /* Nonzero means it is a mode for a low part
226 that we should avoid changing when clearing
227 the rest of the reg. */
228 struct movable *match; /* First entry for same value */
229 struct movable *forces; /* An insn that must be moved if this is */
230 struct movable *next;
234 FILE *loop_dump_stream;
236 /* Forward declarations. */
238 static void find_and_verify_loops PARAMS ((rtx, struct loops *));
239 static void mark_loop_jump PARAMS ((rtx, struct loop *));
240 static void prescan_loop PARAMS ((struct loop *));
241 static int reg_in_basic_block_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
242 static int consec_sets_invariant_p PARAMS ((const struct loop *,
243 rtx, int, rtx));
244 static int labels_in_range_p PARAMS ((rtx, int));
245 static void count_one_set PARAMS ((struct loop_regs *, rtx, rtx, rtx *));
246 static void note_addr_stored PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, void *));
247 static void note_set_pseudo_multiple_uses PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, void *));
248 static int loop_reg_used_before_p PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx, rtx));
249 static void scan_loop PARAMS ((struct loop*, int));
250 #if 0
251 static void replace_call_address PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx));
252 #endif
253 static rtx skip_consec_insns PARAMS ((rtx, int));
254 static int libcall_benefit PARAMS ((rtx));
255 static void ignore_some_movables PARAMS ((struct loop_movables *));
256 static void force_movables PARAMS ((struct loop_movables *));
257 static void combine_movables PARAMS ((struct loop_movables *,
258 struct loop_regs *));
259 static int num_unmoved_movables PARAMS ((const struct loop *));
260 static int regs_match_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, struct loop_movables *));
261 static int rtx_equal_for_loop_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, struct loop_movables *,
262 struct loop_regs *));
263 static void add_label_notes PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
264 static void move_movables PARAMS ((struct loop *loop, struct loop_movables *,
265 int, int));
266 static void loop_movables_add PARAMS((struct loop_movables *,
267 struct movable *));
268 static void loop_movables_free PARAMS((struct loop_movables *));
269 static int count_nonfixed_reads PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx));
270 static void loop_bivs_find PARAMS((struct loop *));
271 static void loop_bivs_init_find PARAMS((struct loop *));
272 static void loop_bivs_check PARAMS((struct loop *));
273 static void loop_givs_find PARAMS((struct loop *));
274 static void loop_givs_check PARAMS((struct loop *));
275 static int loop_biv_eliminable_p PARAMS((struct loop *, struct iv_class *,
276 int, int));
277 static int loop_giv_reduce_benefit PARAMS((struct loop *, struct iv_class *,
278 struct induction *, rtx));
279 static void loop_givs_dead_check PARAMS((struct loop *, struct iv_class *));
280 static void loop_givs_reduce PARAMS((struct loop *, struct iv_class *));
281 static void loop_givs_rescan PARAMS((struct loop *, struct iv_class *,
282 rtx *));
283 static void loop_ivs_free PARAMS((struct loop *));
284 static void strength_reduce PARAMS ((struct loop *, int));
285 static void find_single_use_in_loop PARAMS ((struct loop_regs *, rtx, rtx));
286 static int valid_initial_value_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int, rtx));
287 static void find_mem_givs PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx, rtx, int, int));
288 static void record_biv PARAMS ((struct loop *, struct induction *,
289 rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx *,
290 int, int));
291 static void check_final_value PARAMS ((const struct loop *,
292 struct induction *));
293 static void loop_ivs_dump PARAMS((const struct loop *, FILE *, int));
294 static void loop_iv_class_dump PARAMS((const struct iv_class *, FILE *, int));
295 static void loop_biv_dump PARAMS((const struct induction *, FILE *, int));
296 static void loop_giv_dump PARAMS((const struct induction *, FILE *, int));
297 static void record_giv PARAMS ((const struct loop *, struct induction *,
298 rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx, int,
299 enum g_types, int, int, rtx *));
300 static void update_giv_derive PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx));
301 static void check_ext_dependent_givs PARAMS ((struct iv_class *,
302 struct loop_info *));
303 static int basic_induction_var PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx,
304 enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx,
305 rtx *, rtx *, rtx **));
306 static rtx simplify_giv_expr PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx, rtx *, int *));
307 static int general_induction_var PARAMS ((const struct loop *loop, rtx, rtx *,
308 rtx *, rtx *, rtx *, int, int *,
309 enum machine_mode));
310 static int consec_sets_giv PARAMS ((const struct loop *, int, rtx,
311 rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *, rtx *, rtx *));
312 static int check_dbra_loop PARAMS ((struct loop *, int));
313 static rtx express_from_1 PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx));
314 static rtx combine_givs_p PARAMS ((struct induction *, struct induction *));
315 static int cmp_combine_givs_stats PARAMS ((const PTR, const PTR));
316 static void combine_givs PARAMS ((struct loop_regs *, struct iv_class *));
317 static int product_cheap_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
318 static int maybe_eliminate_biv PARAMS ((const struct loop *, struct iv_class *,
319 int, int, int));
320 static int maybe_eliminate_biv_1 PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx, rtx,
321 struct iv_class *, int,
322 basic_block, rtx));
323 static int last_use_this_basic_block PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
324 static void record_initial PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, void *));
325 static void update_reg_last_use PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
326 static rtx next_insn_in_loop PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx));
327 static void loop_regs_scan PARAMS ((const struct loop *, int));
328 static int count_insns_in_loop PARAMS ((const struct loop *));
329 static void load_mems PARAMS ((const struct loop *));
330 static int insert_loop_mem PARAMS ((rtx *, void *));
331 static int replace_loop_mem PARAMS ((rtx *, void *));
332 static void replace_loop_mems PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx));
333 static int replace_loop_reg PARAMS ((rtx *, void *));
334 static void replace_loop_regs PARAMS ((rtx insn, rtx, rtx));
335 static void note_reg_stored PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, void *));
336 static void try_copy_prop PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx, unsigned int));
337 static void try_swap_copy_prop PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx,
338 unsigned int));
339 static int replace_label PARAMS ((rtx *, void *));
340 static rtx check_insn_for_givs PARAMS((struct loop *, rtx, int, int));
341 static rtx check_insn_for_bivs PARAMS((struct loop *, rtx, int, int));
342 static rtx gen_add_mult PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx));
343 static void loop_regs_update PARAMS ((const struct loop *, rtx));
344 static int iv_add_mult_cost PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx));
346 static rtx loop_insn_emit_after PARAMS((const struct loop *, basic_block,
347 rtx, rtx));
348 static rtx loop_call_insn_emit_before PARAMS((const struct loop *,
349 basic_block, rtx, rtx));
350 static rtx loop_call_insn_hoist PARAMS((const struct loop *, rtx));
351 static rtx loop_insn_sink_or_swim PARAMS((const struct loop *, rtx));
353 static void loop_dump_aux PARAMS ((const struct loop *, FILE *, int));
354 static void loop_delete_insns PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
355 static HOST_WIDE_INT remove_constant_addition PARAMS ((rtx *));
356 void debug_ivs PARAMS ((const struct loop *));
357 void debug_iv_class PARAMS ((const struct iv_class *));
358 void debug_biv PARAMS ((const struct induction *));
359 void debug_giv PARAMS ((const struct induction *));
360 void debug_loop PARAMS ((const struct loop *));
361 void debug_loops PARAMS ((const struct loops *));
363 typedef struct rtx_pair
365 rtx r1;
366 rtx r2;
367 } rtx_pair;
369 typedef struct loop_replace_args
371 rtx match;
372 rtx replacement;
373 rtx insn;
374 } loop_replace_args;
376 /* Nonzero iff INSN is between START and END, inclusive. */
377 #define INSN_IN_RANGE_P(INSN, START, END) \
378 (INSN_UID (INSN) < max_uid_for_loop \
379 && INSN_LUID (INSN) >= INSN_LUID (START) \
380 && INSN_LUID (INSN) <= INSN_LUID (END))
382 /* Indirect_jump_in_function is computed once per function. */
383 static int indirect_jump_in_function;
384 static int indirect_jump_in_function_p PARAMS ((rtx));
386 static int compute_luids PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int));
388 static int biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset PARAMS ((struct induction *,
389 struct induction *,
390 rtx));
392 /* Benefit penalty, if a giv is not replaceable, i.e. must emit an insn to
393 copy the value of the strength reduced giv to its original register. */
394 static int copy_cost;
396 /* Cost of using a register, to normalize the benefits of a giv. */
397 static int reg_address_cost;
399 void
400 init_loop ()
402 rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1);
404 reg_address_cost = address_cost (reg, SImode);
406 copy_cost = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
409 /* Compute the mapping from uids to luids.
410 LUIDs are numbers assigned to insns, like uids,
411 except that luids increase monotonically through the code.
412 Start at insn START and stop just before END. Assign LUIDs
413 starting with PREV_LUID + 1. Return the last assigned LUID + 1. */
414 static int
415 compute_luids (start, end, prev_luid)
416 rtx start, end;
417 int prev_luid;
419 int i;
420 rtx insn;
422 for (insn = start, i = prev_luid; insn != end; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
424 if (INSN_UID (insn) >= max_uid_for_loop)
425 continue;
426 /* Don't assign luids to line-number NOTEs, so that the distance in
427 luids between two insns is not affected by -g. */
428 if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
429 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) <= 0)
430 uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = ++i;
431 else
432 /* Give a line number note the same luid as preceding insn. */
433 uid_luid[INSN_UID (insn)] = i;
435 return i + 1;
438 /* Entry point of this file. Perform loop optimization
439 on the current function. F is the first insn of the function
440 and DUMPFILE is a stream for output of a trace of actions taken
441 (or 0 if none should be output). */
443 void
444 loop_optimize (f, dumpfile, flags)
445 /* f is the first instruction of a chain of insns for one function */
446 rtx f;
447 FILE *dumpfile;
448 int flags;
450 rtx insn;
451 int i;
452 struct loops loops_data;
453 struct loops *loops = &loops_data;
454 struct loop_info *loops_info;
456 loop_dump_stream = dumpfile;
458 init_recog_no_volatile ();
460 max_reg_before_loop = max_reg_num ();
461 loop_max_reg = max_reg_before_loop;
463 regs_may_share = 0;
465 /* Count the number of loops. */
467 max_loop_num = 0;
468 for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
470 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
471 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
472 max_loop_num++;
475 /* Don't waste time if no loops. */
476 if (max_loop_num == 0)
477 return;
479 loops->num = max_loop_num;
481 /* Get size to use for tables indexed by uids.
482 Leave some space for labels allocated by find_and_verify_loops. */
483 max_uid_for_loop = get_max_uid () + 1 + max_loop_num * 32;
485 uid_luid = (int *) xcalloc (max_uid_for_loop, sizeof (int));
486 uid_loop = (struct loop **) xcalloc (max_uid_for_loop,
487 sizeof (struct loop *));
489 /* Allocate storage for array of loops. */
490 loops->array = (struct loop *)
491 xcalloc (loops->num, sizeof (struct loop));
493 /* Find and process each loop.
494 First, find them, and record them in order of their beginnings. */
495 find_and_verify_loops (f, loops);
497 /* Allocate and initialize auxiliary loop information. */
498 loops_info = xcalloc (loops->num, sizeof (struct loop_info));
499 for (i = 0; i < loops->num; i++)
500 loops->array[i].aux = loops_info + i;
502 /* Now find all register lifetimes. This must be done after
503 find_and_verify_loops, because it might reorder the insns in the
504 function. */
505 reg_scan (f, max_reg_before_loop, 1);
507 /* This must occur after reg_scan so that registers created by gcse
508 will have entries in the register tables.
510 We could have added a call to reg_scan after gcse_main in toplev.c,
511 but moving this call to init_alias_analysis is more efficient. */
512 init_alias_analysis ();
514 /* See if we went too far. Note that get_max_uid already returns
515 one more that the maximum uid of all insn. */
516 if (get_max_uid () > max_uid_for_loop)
517 abort ();
518 /* Now reset it to the actual size we need. See above. */
519 max_uid_for_loop = get_max_uid ();
521 /* find_and_verify_loops has already called compute_luids, but it
522 might have rearranged code afterwards, so we need to recompute
523 the luids now. */
524 max_luid = compute_luids (f, NULL_RTX, 0);
526 /* Don't leave gaps in uid_luid for insns that have been
527 deleted. It is possible that the first or last insn
528 using some register has been deleted by cross-jumping.
529 Make sure that uid_luid for that former insn's uid
530 points to the general area where that insn used to be. */
531 for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
533 uid_luid[0] = uid_luid[i];
534 if (uid_luid[0] != 0)
535 break;
537 for (i = 0; i < max_uid_for_loop; i++)
538 if (uid_luid[i] == 0)
539 uid_luid[i] = uid_luid[i - 1];
541 /* Determine if the function has indirect jump. On some systems
542 this prevents low overhead loop instructions from being used. */
543 indirect_jump_in_function = indirect_jump_in_function_p (f);
545 /* Now scan the loops, last ones first, since this means inner ones are done
546 before outer ones. */
547 for (i = max_loop_num - 1; i >= 0; i--)
549 struct loop *loop = &loops->array[i];
551 if (! loop->invalid && loop->end)
552 scan_loop (loop, flags);
555 /* If there were lexical blocks inside the loop, they have been
556 replicated. We will now have more than one NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_BEG
557 and NOTE_INSN_BLOCK_END for each such block. We must duplicate
558 the BLOCKs as well. */
559 if (write_symbols != NO_DEBUG)
560 reorder_blocks ();
562 end_alias_analysis ();
564 /* Clean up. */
565 free (uid_luid);
566 free (uid_loop);
567 free (loops_info);
568 free (loops->array);
571 /* Returns the next insn, in execution order, after INSN. START and
572 END are the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG and NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END for the loop,
573 respectively. LOOP->TOP, if non-NULL, is the top of the loop in the
574 insn-stream; it is used with loops that are entered near the
575 bottom. */
577 static rtx
578 next_insn_in_loop (loop, insn)
579 const struct loop *loop;
580 rtx insn;
582 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
584 if (insn == loop->end)
586 if (loop->top)
587 /* Go to the top of the loop, and continue there. */
588 insn = loop->top;
589 else
590 /* We're done. */
591 insn = NULL_RTX;
594 if (insn == loop->scan_start)
595 /* We're done. */
596 insn = NULL_RTX;
598 return insn;
601 /* Optimize one loop described by LOOP. */
603 /* ??? Could also move memory writes out of loops if the destination address
604 is invariant, the source is invariant, the memory write is not volatile,
605 and if we can prove that no read inside the loop can read this address
606 before the write occurs. If there is a read of this address after the
607 write, then we can also mark the memory read as invariant. */
609 static void
610 scan_loop (loop, flags)
611 struct loop *loop;
612 int flags;
614 struct loop_info *loop_info = LOOP_INFO (loop);
615 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
616 int i;
617 rtx loop_start = loop->start;
618 rtx loop_end = loop->end;
619 rtx p;
620 /* 1 if we are scanning insns that could be executed zero times. */
621 int maybe_never = 0;
622 /* 1 if we are scanning insns that might never be executed
623 due to a subroutine call which might exit before they are reached. */
624 int call_passed = 0;
625 /* Jump insn that enters the loop, or 0 if control drops in. */
626 rtx loop_entry_jump = 0;
627 /* Number of insns in the loop. */
628 int insn_count;
629 int tem;
630 rtx temp, update_start, update_end;
631 /* The SET from an insn, if it is the only SET in the insn. */
632 rtx set, set1;
633 /* Chain describing insns movable in current loop. */
634 struct loop_movables *movables = LOOP_MOVABLES (loop);
635 /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
636 for saving an instruction. More if loop doesn't call subroutines
637 since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
638 and more registers are available. */
639 int threshold;
640 /* Nonzero if we are scanning instructions in a sub-loop. */
641 int loop_depth = 0;
643 loop->top = 0;
645 movables->head = 0;
646 movables->last = 0;
648 /* Determine whether this loop starts with a jump down to a test at
649 the end. This will occur for a small number of loops with a test
650 that is too complex to duplicate in front of the loop.
652 We search for the first insn or label in the loop, skipping NOTEs.
653 However, we must be careful not to skip past a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
654 (because we might have a loop executed only once that contains a
655 loop which starts with a jump to its exit test) or a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END
656 (in case we have a degenerate loop).
658 Note that if we mistakenly think that a loop is entered at the top
659 when, in fact, it is entered at the exit test, the only effect will be
660 slightly poorer optimization. Making the opposite error can generate
661 incorrect code. Since very few loops now start with a jump to the
662 exit test, the code here to detect that case is very conservative. */
664 for (p = NEXT_INSN (loop_start);
665 p != loop_end
666 && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL && ! INSN_P (p)
667 && (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
668 || (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG
669 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END));
670 p = NEXT_INSN (p))
673 loop->scan_start = p;
675 /* If loop end is the end of the current function, then emit a
676 NOTE_INSN_DELETED after loop_end and set loop->sink to the dummy
677 note insn. This is the position we use when sinking insns out of
678 the loop. */
679 if (NEXT_INSN (loop->end) != 0)
680 loop->sink = NEXT_INSN (loop->end);
681 else
682 loop->sink = emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_DELETED, loop->end);
684 /* Set up variables describing this loop. */
685 prescan_loop (loop);
686 threshold = (loop_info->has_call ? 1 : 2) * (1 + n_non_fixed_regs);
688 /* If loop has a jump before the first label,
689 the true entry is the target of that jump.
690 Start scan from there.
691 But record in LOOP->TOP the place where the end-test jumps
692 back to so we can scan that after the end of the loop. */
693 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
695 loop_entry_jump = p;
697 /* Loop entry must be unconditional jump (and not a RETURN) */
698 if (any_uncondjump_p (p)
699 && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
700 /* Check to see whether the jump actually
701 jumps out of the loop (meaning it's no loop).
702 This case can happen for things like
703 do {..} while (0). If this label was generated previously
704 by loop, we can't tell anything about it and have to reject
705 the loop. */
706 && INSN_IN_RANGE_P (JUMP_LABEL (p), loop_start, loop_end))
708 loop->top = next_label (loop->scan_start);
709 loop->scan_start = JUMP_LABEL (p);
713 /* If LOOP->SCAN_START was an insn created by loop, we don't know its luid
714 as required by loop_reg_used_before_p. So skip such loops. (This
715 test may never be true, but it's best to play it safe.)
717 Also, skip loops where we do not start scanning at a label. This
718 test also rejects loops starting with a JUMP_INSN that failed the
719 test above. */
721 if (INSN_UID (loop->scan_start) >= max_uid_for_loop
722 || GET_CODE (loop->scan_start) != CODE_LABEL)
724 if (loop_dump_stream)
725 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d is phony.\n\n",
726 INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (loop_end));
727 return;
730 /* Allocate extra space for REGs that might be created by load_mems.
731 We allocate a little extra slop as well, in the hopes that we
732 won't have to reallocate the regs array. */
733 loop_regs_scan (loop, loop_info->mems_idx + 16);
734 insn_count = count_insns_in_loop (loop);
736 if (loop_dump_stream)
738 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\nLoop from %d to %d: %d real insns.\n",
739 INSN_UID (loop_start), INSN_UID (loop_end), insn_count);
740 if (loop->cont)
741 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Continue at insn %d.\n",
742 INSN_UID (loop->cont));
745 /* Scan through the loop finding insns that are safe to move.
746 Set REGS->ARRAY[I].SET_IN_LOOP negative for the reg I being set, so that
747 this reg will be considered invariant for subsequent insns.
748 We consider whether subsequent insns use the reg
749 in deciding whether it is worth actually moving.
751 MAYBE_NEVER is nonzero if we have passed a conditional jump insn
752 and therefore it is possible that the insns we are scanning
753 would never be executed. At such times, we must make sure
754 that it is safe to execute the insn once instead of zero times.
755 When MAYBE_NEVER is 0, all insns will be executed at least once
756 so that is not a problem. */
758 for (p = next_insn_in_loop (loop, loop->scan_start);
759 p != NULL_RTX;
760 p = next_insn_in_loop (loop, p))
762 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
763 && (set = single_set (p))
764 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
765 #ifdef PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
766 && SET_DEST (set) != pic_offset_table_rtx
767 #endif
768 && ! regs->array[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))].may_not_optimize)
770 int tem1 = 0;
771 int tem2 = 0;
772 int move_insn = 0;
773 rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
774 rtx dependencies = 0;
776 /* Figure out what to use as a source of this insn. If a REG_EQUIV
777 note is given or if a REG_EQUAL note with a constant operand is
778 specified, use it as the source and mark that we should move
779 this insn by calling emit_move_insn rather that duplicating the
780 insn.
782 Otherwise, only use the REG_EQUAL contents if a REG_RETVAL note
783 is present. */
784 temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
785 if (temp)
786 src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
787 else
789 temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
790 if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
791 src = XEXP (temp, 0), move_insn = 1;
792 if (temp && find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
794 src = XEXP (temp, 0);
795 /* A libcall block can use regs that don't appear in
796 the equivalent expression. To move the libcall,
797 we must move those regs too. */
798 dependencies = libcall_other_reg (p, src);
802 /* For parallels, add any possible uses to the depencies, as we can't move
803 the insn without resolving them first. */
804 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == PARALLEL)
806 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (PATTERN (p), 0); i++)
808 rtx x = XVECEXP (PATTERN (p), 0, i);
809 if (GET_CODE (x) == USE)
810 dependencies = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, XEXP (x, 0), dependencies);
814 /* Don't try to optimize a register that was made
815 by loop-optimization for an inner loop.
816 We don't know its life-span, so we can't compute the benefit. */
817 if (REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= max_reg_before_loop)
819 else if (/* The register is used in basic blocks other
820 than the one where it is set (meaning that
821 something after this point in the loop might
822 depend on its value before the set). */
823 ! reg_in_basic_block_p (p, SET_DEST (set))
824 /* And the set is not guaranteed to be executed once
825 the loop starts, or the value before the set is
826 needed before the set occurs...
828 ??? Note we have quadratic behaviour here, mitigated
829 by the fact that the previous test will often fail for
830 large loops. Rather than re-scanning the entire loop
831 each time for register usage, we should build tables
832 of the register usage and use them here instead. */
833 && (maybe_never
834 || loop_reg_used_before_p (loop, set, p)))
835 /* It is unsafe to move the set.
837 This code used to consider it OK to move a set of a variable
838 which was not created by the user and not used in an exit test.
839 That behavior is incorrect and was removed. */
841 else if ((tem = loop_invariant_p (loop, src))
842 && (dependencies == 0
843 || (tem2 = loop_invariant_p (loop, dependencies)) != 0)
844 && (regs->array[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))].set_in_loop == 1
845 || (tem1
846 = consec_sets_invariant_p
847 (loop, SET_DEST (set),
848 regs->array[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))].set_in_loop,
849 p)))
850 /* If the insn can cause a trap (such as divide by zero),
851 can't move it unless it's guaranteed to be executed
852 once loop is entered. Even a function call might
853 prevent the trap insn from being reached
854 (since it might exit!) */
855 && ! ((maybe_never || call_passed)
856 && may_trap_p (src)))
858 struct movable *m;
859 int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
861 /* A potential lossage is where we have a case where two insns
862 can be combined as long as they are both in the loop, but
863 we move one of them outside the loop. For large loops,
864 this can lose. The most common case of this is the address
865 of a function being called.
867 Therefore, if this register is marked as being used exactly
868 once if we are in a loop with calls (a "large loop"), see if
869 we can replace the usage of this register with the source
870 of this SET. If we can, delete this insn.
872 Don't do this if P has a REG_RETVAL note or if we have
873 SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES and SET_SRC is a hard register. */
875 if (loop_info->has_call
876 && regs->array[regno].single_usage != 0
877 && regs->array[regno].single_usage != const0_rtx
878 && REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (p)
879 && (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)
880 == INSN_UID (regs->array[regno].single_usage))
881 && regs->array[regno].set_in_loop == 1
882 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) != ASM_OPERANDS
883 && ! side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set))
884 && ! find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)
885 && (! SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
886 || (! (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
887 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)))
888 /* This test is not redundant; SET_SRC (set) might be
889 a call-clobbered register and the life of REGNO
890 might span a call. */
891 && ! modified_between_p (SET_SRC (set), p,
892 regs->array[regno].single_usage)
893 && no_labels_between_p (p, regs->array[regno].single_usage)
894 && validate_replace_rtx (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set),
895 regs->array[regno].single_usage))
897 /* Replace any usage in a REG_EQUAL note. Must copy the
898 new source, so that we don't get rtx sharing between the
899 SET_SOURCE and REG_NOTES of insn p. */
900 REG_NOTES (regs->array[regno].single_usage)
901 = replace_rtx (REG_NOTES (regs->array[regno].single_usage),
902 SET_DEST (set), copy_rtx (SET_SRC (set)));
904 delete_insn (p);
905 for (i = 0; i < LOOP_REGNO_NREGS (regno, SET_DEST (set)); i++)
906 regs->array[regno+i].set_in_loop = 0;
907 continue;
910 m = (struct movable *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct movable));
911 m->next = 0;
912 m->insn = p;
913 m->set_src = src;
914 m->dependencies = dependencies;
915 m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
916 m->force = 0;
917 m->consec = regs->array[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))].set_in_loop - 1;
918 m->done = 0;
919 m->forces = 0;
920 m->partial = 0;
921 m->move_insn = move_insn;
922 m->move_insn_first = 0;
923 m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0);
924 m->savemode = VOIDmode;
925 m->regno = regno;
926 /* Set M->cond if either loop_invariant_p
927 or consec_sets_invariant_p returned 2
928 (only conditionally invariant). */
929 m->cond = ((tem | tem1 | tem2) > 1);
930 m->global = LOOP_REG_GLOBAL_P (loop, regno);
931 m->match = 0;
932 m->lifetime = LOOP_REG_LIFETIME (loop, regno);
933 m->savings = regs->array[regno].n_times_set;
934 if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
935 m->savings += libcall_benefit (p);
936 for (i = 0; i < LOOP_REGNO_NREGS (regno, SET_DEST (set)); i++)
937 regs->array[regno+i].set_in_loop = move_insn ? -2 : -1;
938 /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES. */
939 loop_movables_add (movables, m);
941 if (m->consec > 0)
943 /* It is possible for the first instruction to have a
944 REG_EQUAL note but a non-invariant SET_SRC, so we must
945 remember the status of the first instruction in case
946 the last instruction doesn't have a REG_EQUAL note. */
947 m->move_insn_first = m->move_insn;
949 /* Skip this insn, not checking REG_LIBCALL notes. */
950 p = next_nonnote_insn (p);
951 /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any. */
952 p = skip_consec_insns (p, m->consec);
953 /* Back up to the last insn of the consecutive group. */
954 p = prev_nonnote_insn (p);
956 /* We must now reset m->move_insn, m->is_equiv, and possibly
957 m->set_src to correspond to the effects of all the
958 insns. */
959 temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
960 if (temp)
961 m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
962 else
964 temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
965 if (temp && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0)))
966 m->set_src = XEXP (temp, 0), m->move_insn = 1;
967 else
968 m->move_insn = 0;
971 m->is_equiv = (find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0);
974 /* If this register is always set within a STRICT_LOW_PART
975 or set to zero, then its high bytes are constant.
976 So clear them outside the loop and within the loop
977 just load the low bytes.
978 We must check that the machine has an instruction to do so.
979 Also, if the value loaded into the register
980 depends on the same register, this cannot be done. */
981 else if (SET_SRC (set) == const0_rtx
982 && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (p)) == INSN
983 && (set1 = single_set (NEXT_INSN (p)))
984 && GET_CODE (set1) == SET
985 && (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set1)) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
986 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0)) == SUBREG)
987 && (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (SET_DEST (set1), 0))
988 == SET_DEST (set))
989 && !reg_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (set), SET_SRC (set1)))
991 int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
992 if (regs->array[regno].set_in_loop == 2)
994 struct movable *m;
995 m = (struct movable *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct movable));
996 m->next = 0;
997 m->insn = p;
998 m->set_dest = SET_DEST (set);
999 m->dependencies = 0;
1000 m->force = 0;
1001 m->consec = 0;
1002 m->done = 0;
1003 m->forces = 0;
1004 m->move_insn = 0;
1005 m->move_insn_first = 0;
1006 m->partial = 1;
1007 /* If the insn may not be executed on some cycles,
1008 we can't clear the whole reg; clear just high part.
1009 Not even if the reg is used only within this loop.
1010 Consider this:
1011 while (1)
1012 while (s != t) {
1013 if (foo ()) x = *s;
1014 use (x);
1016 Clearing x before the inner loop could clobber a value
1017 being saved from the last time around the outer loop.
1018 However, if the reg is not used outside this loop
1019 and all uses of the register are in the same
1020 basic block as the store, there is no problem.
1022 If this insn was made by loop, we don't know its
1023 INSN_LUID and hence must make a conservative
1024 assumption. */
1025 m->global = (INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
1026 || LOOP_REG_GLOBAL_P (loop, regno)
1027 || (labels_in_range_p
1028 (p, REGNO_FIRST_LUID (regno))));
1029 if (maybe_never && m->global)
1030 m->savemode = GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set1));
1031 else
1032 m->savemode = VOIDmode;
1033 m->regno = regno;
1034 m->cond = 0;
1035 m->match = 0;
1036 m->lifetime = LOOP_REG_LIFETIME (loop, regno);
1037 m->savings = 1;
1038 for (i = 0; i < LOOP_REGNO_NREGS (regno, SET_DEST (set)); i++)
1039 regs->array[regno+i].set_in_loop = -1;
1040 /* Add M to the end of the chain MOVABLES. */
1041 loop_movables_add (movables, m);
1045 /* Past a call insn, we get to insns which might not be executed
1046 because the call might exit. This matters for insns that trap.
1047 Constant and pure call insns always return, so they don't count. */
1048 else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN && ! CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (p))
1049 call_passed = 1;
1050 /* Past a label or a jump, we get to insns for which we
1051 can't count on whether or how many times they will be
1052 executed during each iteration. Therefore, we can
1053 only move out sets of trivial variables
1054 (those not used after the loop). */
1055 /* Similar code appears twice in strength_reduce. */
1056 else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
1057 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
1058 beginning, don't set maybe_never for that. This must be an
1059 unconditional jump, otherwise the code at the top of the
1060 loop might never be executed. Unconditional jumps are
1061 followed by a barrier then the loop_end. */
1062 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop->top
1063 && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop_end
1064 && any_uncondjump_p (p)))
1065 maybe_never = 1;
1066 else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
1068 /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
1069 be executed: logically, the loop begins here even though the exit
1070 code has been duplicated. */
1071 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP && loop_depth == 0)
1072 maybe_never = call_passed = 0;
1073 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
1074 loop_depth++;
1075 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
1076 loop_depth--;
1080 /* If one movable subsumes another, ignore that other. */
1082 ignore_some_movables (movables);
1084 /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
1085 leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
1086 If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
1087 since the second can be moved only if the first is. */
1089 force_movables (movables);
1091 /* See if there are multiple movable insns that load the same value.
1092 If there are, make all but the first point at the first one
1093 through the `match' field, and add the priorities of them
1094 all together as the priority of the first. */
1096 combine_movables (movables, regs);
1098 /* Now consider each movable insn to decide whether it is worth moving.
1099 Store 0 in regs->array[I].set_in_loop for each reg I that is moved.
1101 Generally this increases code size, so do not move moveables when
1102 optimizing for code size. */
1104 if (! optimize_size)
1106 move_movables (loop, movables, threshold, insn_count);
1108 /* Recalculate regs->array if move_movables has created new
1109 registers. */
1110 if (max_reg_num () > regs->num)
1112 loop_regs_scan (loop, 0);
1113 for (update_start = loop_start;
1114 PREV_INSN (update_start)
1115 && GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (update_start)) != CODE_LABEL;
1116 update_start = PREV_INSN (update_start))
1118 update_end = NEXT_INSN (loop_end);
1120 reg_scan_update (update_start, update_end, loop_max_reg);
1121 loop_max_reg = max_reg_num ();
1125 /* Now candidates that still are negative are those not moved.
1126 Change regs->array[I].set_in_loop to indicate that those are not actually
1127 invariant. */
1128 for (i = 0; i < regs->num; i++)
1129 if (regs->array[i].set_in_loop < 0)
1130 regs->array[i].set_in_loop = regs->array[i].n_times_set;
1132 /* Now that we've moved some things out of the loop, we might be able to
1133 hoist even more memory references. */
1134 load_mems (loop);
1136 /* Recalculate regs->array if load_mems has created new registers. */
1137 if (max_reg_num () > regs->num)
1138 loop_regs_scan (loop, 0);
1140 for (update_start = loop_start;
1141 PREV_INSN (update_start)
1142 && GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (update_start)) != CODE_LABEL;
1143 update_start = PREV_INSN (update_start))
1145 update_end = NEXT_INSN (loop_end);
1147 reg_scan_update (update_start, update_end, loop_max_reg);
1148 loop_max_reg = max_reg_num ();
1150 if (flag_strength_reduce)
1152 if (update_end && GET_CODE (update_end) == CODE_LABEL)
1153 /* Ensure our label doesn't go away. */
1154 LABEL_NUSES (update_end)++;
1156 strength_reduce (loop, flags);
1158 reg_scan_update (update_start, update_end, loop_max_reg);
1159 loop_max_reg = max_reg_num ();
1161 if (update_end && GET_CODE (update_end) == CODE_LABEL
1162 && --LABEL_NUSES (update_end) == 0)
1163 delete_related_insns (update_end);
1167 /* The movable information is required for strength reduction. */
1168 loop_movables_free (movables);
1170 free (regs->array);
1171 regs->array = 0;
1172 regs->num = 0;
1175 /* Add elements to *OUTPUT to record all the pseudo-regs
1176 mentioned in IN_THIS but not mentioned in NOT_IN_THIS. */
1178 void
1179 record_excess_regs (in_this, not_in_this, output)
1180 rtx in_this, not_in_this;
1181 rtx *output;
1183 enum rtx_code code;
1184 const char *fmt;
1185 int i;
1187 code = GET_CODE (in_this);
1189 switch (code)
1191 case PC:
1192 case CC0:
1193 case CONST_INT:
1194 case CONST_DOUBLE:
1195 case CONST:
1196 case SYMBOL_REF:
1197 case LABEL_REF:
1198 return;
1200 case REG:
1201 if (REGNO (in_this) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1202 && ! reg_mentioned_p (in_this, not_in_this))
1203 *output = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, in_this, *output);
1204 return;
1206 default:
1207 break;
1210 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1211 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1213 int j;
1215 switch (fmt[i])
1217 case 'E':
1218 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (in_this, i); j++)
1219 record_excess_regs (XVECEXP (in_this, i, j), not_in_this, output);
1220 break;
1222 case 'e':
1223 record_excess_regs (XEXP (in_this, i), not_in_this, output);
1224 break;
1229 /* Check what regs are referred to in the libcall block ending with INSN,
1230 aside from those mentioned in the equivalent value.
1231 If there are none, return 0.
1232 If there are one or more, return an EXPR_LIST containing all of them. */
1235 libcall_other_reg (insn, equiv)
1236 rtx insn, equiv;
1238 rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
1239 rtx p = XEXP (note, 0);
1240 rtx output = 0;
1242 /* First, find all the regs used in the libcall block
1243 that are not mentioned as inputs to the result. */
1245 while (p != insn)
1247 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
1248 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
1249 record_excess_regs (PATTERN (p), equiv, &output);
1250 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
1253 return output;
1256 /* Return 1 if all uses of REG
1257 are between INSN and the end of the basic block. */
1259 static int
1260 reg_in_basic_block_p (insn, reg)
1261 rtx insn, reg;
1263 int regno = REGNO (reg);
1264 rtx p;
1266 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) != INSN_UID (insn))
1267 return 0;
1269 /* Search this basic block for the already recorded last use of the reg. */
1270 for (p = insn; p; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
1272 switch (GET_CODE (p))
1274 case NOTE:
1275 break;
1277 case INSN:
1278 case CALL_INSN:
1279 /* Ordinary insn: if this is the last use, we win. */
1280 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (p))
1281 return 1;
1282 break;
1284 case JUMP_INSN:
1285 /* Jump insn: if this is the last use, we win. */
1286 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (p))
1287 return 1;
1288 /* Otherwise, it's the end of the basic block, so we lose. */
1289 return 0;
1291 case CODE_LABEL:
1292 case BARRIER:
1293 /* It's the end of the basic block, so we lose. */
1294 return 0;
1296 default:
1297 break;
1301 /* The "last use" that was recorded can't be found after the first
1302 use. This can happen when the last use was deleted while
1303 processing an inner loop, this inner loop was then completely
1304 unrolled, and the outer loop is always exited after the inner loop,
1305 so that everything after the first use becomes a single basic block. */
1306 return 1;
1309 /* Compute the benefit of eliminating the insns in the block whose
1310 last insn is LAST. This may be a group of insns used to compute a
1311 value directly or can contain a library call. */
1313 static int
1314 libcall_benefit (last)
1315 rtx last;
1317 rtx insn;
1318 int benefit = 0;
1320 for (insn = XEXP (find_reg_note (last, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX), 0);
1321 insn != last; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1323 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1324 benefit += 10; /* Assume at least this many insns in a library
1325 routine. */
1326 else if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN
1327 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != USE
1328 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != CLOBBER)
1329 benefit++;
1332 return benefit;
1335 /* Skip COUNT insns from INSN, counting library calls as 1 insn. */
1337 static rtx
1338 skip_consec_insns (insn, count)
1339 rtx insn;
1340 int count;
1342 for (; count > 0; count--)
1344 rtx temp;
1346 /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
1347 /* Do this at start of loop, since INSN is guaranteed to
1348 be an insn here. */
1349 if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE
1350 && (temp = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1351 insn = XEXP (temp, 0);
1354 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
1355 while (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE);
1358 return insn;
1361 /* Ignore any movable whose insn falls within a libcall
1362 which is part of another movable.
1363 We make use of the fact that the movable for the libcall value
1364 was made later and so appears later on the chain. */
1366 static void
1367 ignore_some_movables (movables)
1368 struct loop_movables *movables;
1370 struct movable *m, *m1;
1372 for (m = movables->head; m; m = m->next)
1374 /* Is this a movable for the value of a libcall? */
1375 rtx note = find_reg_note (m->insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
1376 if (note)
1378 rtx insn;
1379 /* Check for earlier movables inside that range,
1380 and mark them invalid. We cannot use LUIDs here because
1381 insns created by loop.c for prior loops don't have LUIDs.
1382 Rather than reject all such insns from movables, we just
1383 explicitly check each insn in the libcall (since invariant
1384 libcalls aren't that common). */
1385 for (insn = XEXP (note, 0); insn != m->insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1386 for (m1 = movables->head; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
1387 if (m1->insn == insn)
1388 m1->done = 1;
1393 /* For each movable insn, see if the reg that it loads
1394 leads when it dies right into another conditionally movable insn.
1395 If so, record that the second insn "forces" the first one,
1396 since the second can be moved only if the first is. */
1398 static void
1399 force_movables (movables)
1400 struct loop_movables *movables;
1402 struct movable *m, *m1;
1404 for (m1 = movables->head; m1; m1 = m1->next)
1405 /* Omit this if moving just the (SET (REG) 0) of a zero-extend. */
1406 if (!m1->partial && !m1->done)
1408 int regno = m1->regno;
1409 for (m = m1->next; m; m = m->next)
1410 /* ??? Could this be a bug? What if CSE caused the
1411 register of M1 to be used after this insn?
1412 Since CSE does not update regno_last_uid,
1413 this insn M->insn might not be where it dies.
1414 But very likely this doesn't matter; what matters is
1415 that M's reg is computed from M1's reg. */
1416 if (INSN_UID (m->insn) == REGNO_LAST_UID (regno)
1417 && !m->done)
1418 break;
1419 if (m != 0 && m->set_src == m1->set_dest
1420 /* If m->consec, m->set_src isn't valid. */
1421 && m->consec == 0)
1422 m = 0;
1424 /* Increase the priority of the moving the first insn
1425 since it permits the second to be moved as well. */
1426 if (m != 0)
1428 m->forces = m1;
1429 m1->lifetime += m->lifetime;
1430 m1->savings += m->savings;
1435 /* Find invariant expressions that are equal and can be combined into
1436 one register. */
1438 static void
1439 combine_movables (movables, regs)
1440 struct loop_movables *movables;
1441 struct loop_regs *regs;
1443 struct movable *m;
1444 char *matched_regs = (char *) xmalloc (regs->num);
1445 enum machine_mode mode;
1447 /* Regs that are set more than once are not allowed to match
1448 or be matched. I'm no longer sure why not. */
1449 /* Perhaps testing m->consec_sets would be more appropriate here? */
1451 for (m = movables->head; m; m = m->next)
1452 if (m->match == 0 && regs->array[m->regno].n_times_set == 1
1453 && !m->partial)
1455 struct movable *m1;
1456 int regno = m->regno;
1458 memset (matched_regs, 0, regs->num);
1459 matched_regs[regno] = 1;
1461 /* We want later insns to match the first one. Don't make the first
1462 one match any later ones. So start this loop at m->next. */
1463 for (m1 = m->next; m1; m1 = m1->next)
1464 /* ??? HACK! move_movables does not verify that the replacement
1465 is valid, which can have disasterous effects with hard regs
1466 and match_dup. Turn combination off for now. */
1467 if (0 && m != m1 && m1->match == 0
1468 && regs->array[m1->regno].n_times_set == 1
1469 /* A reg used outside the loop mustn't be eliminated. */
1470 && !m1->global
1471 /* A reg used for zero-extending mustn't be eliminated. */
1472 && !m1->partial
1473 && (matched_regs[m1->regno]
1476 /* Can combine regs with different modes loaded from the
1477 same constant only if the modes are the same or
1478 if both are integer modes with M wider or the same
1479 width as M1. The check for integer is redundant, but
1480 safe, since the only case of differing destination
1481 modes with equal sources is when both sources are
1482 VOIDmode, i.e., CONST_INT. */
1483 (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)
1484 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
1485 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)) == MODE_INT
1486 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m->set_dest))
1487 >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest)))))
1488 /* See if the source of M1 says it matches M. */
1489 && ((GET_CODE (m1->set_src) == REG
1490 && matched_regs[REGNO (m1->set_src)])
1491 || rtx_equal_for_loop_p (m->set_src, m1->set_src,
1492 movables, regs))))
1493 && ((m->dependencies == m1->dependencies)
1494 || rtx_equal_p (m->dependencies, m1->dependencies)))
1496 m->lifetime += m1->lifetime;
1497 m->savings += m1->savings;
1498 m1->done = 1;
1499 m1->match = m;
1500 matched_regs[m1->regno] = 1;
1504 /* Now combine the regs used for zero-extension.
1505 This can be done for those not marked `global'
1506 provided their lives don't overlap. */
1508 for (mode = GET_CLASS_NARROWEST_MODE (MODE_INT); mode != VOIDmode;
1509 mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode))
1511 struct movable *m0 = 0;
1513 /* Combine all the registers for extension from mode MODE.
1514 Don't combine any that are used outside this loop. */
1515 for (m = movables->head; m; m = m->next)
1516 if (m->partial && ! m->global
1517 && mode == GET_MODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (m->insn)))))
1519 struct movable *m1;
1521 int first = REGNO_FIRST_LUID (m->regno);
1522 int last = REGNO_LAST_LUID (m->regno);
1524 if (m0 == 0)
1526 /* First one: don't check for overlap, just record it. */
1527 m0 = m;
1528 continue;
1531 /* Make sure they extend to the same mode.
1532 (Almost always true.) */
1533 if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) != GET_MODE (m0->set_dest))
1534 continue;
1536 /* We already have one: check for overlap with those
1537 already combined together. */
1538 for (m1 = movables->head; m1 != m; m1 = m1->next)
1539 if (m1 == m0 || (m1->partial && m1->match == m0))
1540 if (! (REGNO_FIRST_LUID (m1->regno) > last
1541 || REGNO_LAST_LUID (m1->regno) < first))
1542 goto overlap;
1544 /* No overlap: we can combine this with the others. */
1545 m0->lifetime += m->lifetime;
1546 m0->savings += m->savings;
1547 m->done = 1;
1548 m->match = m0;
1550 overlap:
1555 /* Clean up. */
1556 free (matched_regs);
1559 /* Returns the number of movable instructions in LOOP that were not
1560 moved outside the loop. */
1562 static int
1563 num_unmoved_movables (loop)
1564 const struct loop *loop;
1566 int num = 0;
1567 struct movable *m;
1569 for (m = LOOP_MOVABLES (loop)->head; m; m = m->next)
1570 if (!m->done)
1571 ++num;
1573 return num;
1577 /* Return 1 if regs X and Y will become the same if moved. */
1579 static int
1580 regs_match_p (x, y, movables)
1581 rtx x, y;
1582 struct loop_movables *movables;
1584 unsigned int xn = REGNO (x);
1585 unsigned int yn = REGNO (y);
1586 struct movable *mx, *my;
1588 for (mx = movables->head; mx; mx = mx->next)
1589 if (mx->regno == xn)
1590 break;
1592 for (my = movables->head; my; my = my->next)
1593 if (my->regno == yn)
1594 break;
1596 return (mx && my
1597 && ((mx->match == my->match && mx->match != 0)
1598 || mx->match == my
1599 || mx == my->match));
1602 /* Return 1 if X and Y are identical-looking rtx's.
1603 This is the Lisp function EQUAL for rtx arguments.
1605 If two registers are matching movables or a movable register and an
1606 equivalent constant, consider them equal. */
1608 static int
1609 rtx_equal_for_loop_p (x, y, movables, regs)
1610 rtx x, y;
1611 struct loop_movables *movables;
1612 struct loop_regs *regs;
1614 int i;
1615 int j;
1616 struct movable *m;
1617 enum rtx_code code;
1618 const char *fmt;
1620 if (x == y)
1621 return 1;
1622 if (x == 0 || y == 0)
1623 return 0;
1625 code = GET_CODE (x);
1627 /* If we have a register and a constant, they may sometimes be
1628 equal. */
1629 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && regs->array[REGNO (x)].set_in_loop == -2
1630 && CONSTANT_P (y))
1632 for (m = movables->head; m; m = m->next)
1633 if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (x)
1634 && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, y))
1635 return 1;
1637 else if (GET_CODE (y) == REG && regs->array[REGNO (y)].set_in_loop == -2
1638 && CONSTANT_P (x))
1640 for (m = movables->head; m; m = m->next)
1641 if (m->move_insn && m->regno == REGNO (y)
1642 && rtx_equal_p (m->set_src, x))
1643 return 1;
1646 /* Otherwise, rtx's of different codes cannot be equal. */
1647 if (code != GET_CODE (y))
1648 return 0;
1650 /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent.
1651 (REG:SI x) and (REG:HI x) are NOT equivalent. */
1653 if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y))
1654 return 0;
1656 /* These three types of rtx's can be compared nonrecursively. */
1657 if (code == REG)
1658 return (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) || regs_match_p (x, y, movables));
1660 if (code == LABEL_REF)
1661 return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0);
1662 if (code == SYMBOL_REF)
1663 return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0);
1665 /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements
1666 fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */
1668 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1669 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1671 switch (fmt[i])
1673 case 'w':
1674 if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i))
1675 return 0;
1676 break;
1678 case 'i':
1679 if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
1680 return 0;
1681 break;
1683 case 'E':
1684 /* Two vectors must have the same length. */
1685 if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i))
1686 return 0;
1688 /* And the corresponding elements must match. */
1689 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
1690 if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j),
1691 movables, regs) == 0)
1692 return 0;
1693 break;
1695 case 'e':
1696 if (rtx_equal_for_loop_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i), movables, regs)
1697 == 0)
1698 return 0;
1699 break;
1701 case 's':
1702 if (strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i)))
1703 return 0;
1704 break;
1706 case 'u':
1707 /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter. */
1708 break;
1710 case '0':
1711 break;
1713 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
1714 contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
1715 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */
1716 default:
1717 abort ();
1720 return 1;
1723 /* If X contains any LABEL_REF's, add REG_LABEL notes for them to all
1724 insns in INSNS which use the reference. LABEL_NUSES for CODE_LABEL
1725 references is incremented once for each added note. */
1727 static void
1728 add_label_notes (x, insns)
1729 rtx x;
1730 rtx insns;
1732 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
1733 int i, j;
1734 const char *fmt;
1735 rtx insn;
1737 if (code == LABEL_REF && !LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x))
1739 /* This code used to ignore labels that referred to dispatch tables to
1740 avoid flow generating (slighly) worse code.
1742 We no longer ignore such label references (see LABEL_REF handling in
1743 mark_jump_label for additional information). */
1744 for (insn = insns; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
1745 if (reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (x, 0), insn))
1747 REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_LABEL, XEXP (x, 0),
1748 REG_NOTES (insn));
1749 if (LABEL_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
1750 LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (x, 0))++;
1754 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
1755 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1757 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
1758 add_label_notes (XEXP (x, i), insns);
1759 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
1760 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1761 add_label_notes (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insns);
1765 /* Scan MOVABLES, and move the insns that deserve to be moved.
1766 If two matching movables are combined, replace one reg with the
1767 other throughout. */
1769 static void
1770 move_movables (loop, movables, threshold, insn_count)
1771 struct loop *loop;
1772 struct loop_movables *movables;
1773 int threshold;
1774 int insn_count;
1776 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
1777 int nregs = regs->num;
1778 rtx new_start = 0;
1779 struct movable *m;
1780 rtx p;
1781 rtx loop_start = loop->start;
1782 rtx loop_end = loop->end;
1783 /* Map of pseudo-register replacements to handle combining
1784 when we move several insns that load the same value
1785 into different pseudo-registers. */
1786 rtx *reg_map = (rtx *) xcalloc (nregs, sizeof (rtx));
1787 char *already_moved = (char *) xcalloc (nregs, sizeof (char));
1789 for (m = movables->head; m; m = m->next)
1791 /* Describe this movable insn. */
1793 if (loop_dump_stream)
1795 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: regno %d (life %d), ",
1796 INSN_UID (m->insn), m->regno, m->lifetime);
1797 if (m->consec > 0)
1798 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "consec %d, ", m->consec);
1799 if (m->cond)
1800 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "cond ");
1801 if (m->force)
1802 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "force ");
1803 if (m->global)
1804 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "global ");
1805 if (m->done)
1806 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "done ");
1807 if (m->move_insn)
1808 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "move-insn ");
1809 if (m->match)
1810 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "matches %d ",
1811 INSN_UID (m->match->insn));
1812 if (m->forces)
1813 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "forces %d ",
1814 INSN_UID (m->forces->insn));
1817 /* Ignore the insn if it's already done (it matched something else).
1818 Otherwise, see if it is now safe to move. */
1820 if (!m->done
1821 && (! m->cond
1822 || (1 == loop_invariant_p (loop, m->set_src)
1823 && (m->dependencies == 0
1824 || 1 == loop_invariant_p (loop, m->dependencies))
1825 && (m->consec == 0
1826 || 1 == consec_sets_invariant_p (loop, m->set_dest,
1827 m->consec + 1,
1828 m->insn))))
1829 && (! m->forces || m->forces->done))
1831 int regno;
1832 rtx p;
1833 int savings = m->savings;
1835 /* We have an insn that is safe to move.
1836 Compute its desirability. */
1838 p = m->insn;
1839 regno = m->regno;
1841 if (loop_dump_stream)
1842 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "savings %d ", savings);
1844 if (regs->array[regno].moved_once && loop_dump_stream)
1845 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "halved since already moved ");
1847 /* An insn MUST be moved if we already moved something else
1848 which is safe only if this one is moved too: that is,
1849 if already_moved[REGNO] is nonzero. */
1851 /* An insn is desirable to move if the new lifetime of the
1852 register is no more than THRESHOLD times the old lifetime.
1853 If it's not desirable, it means the loop is so big
1854 that moving won't speed things up much,
1855 and it is liable to make register usage worse. */
1857 /* It is also desirable to move if it can be moved at no
1858 extra cost because something else was already moved. */
1860 if (already_moved[regno]
1861 || flag_move_all_movables
1862 || (threshold * savings * m->lifetime) >=
1863 (regs->array[regno].moved_once ? insn_count * 2 : insn_count)
1864 || (m->forces && m->forces->done
1865 && regs->array[m->forces->regno].n_times_set == 1))
1867 int count;
1868 struct movable *m1;
1869 rtx first = NULL_RTX;
1871 /* Now move the insns that set the reg. */
1873 if (m->partial && m->match)
1875 rtx newpat, i1;
1876 rtx r1, r2;
1877 /* Find the end of this chain of matching regs.
1878 Thus, we load each reg in the chain from that one reg.
1879 And that reg is loaded with 0 directly,
1880 since it has ->match == 0. */
1881 for (m1 = m; m1->match; m1 = m1->match);
1882 newpat = gen_move_insn (SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn)),
1883 SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn)));
1884 i1 = loop_insn_hoist (loop, newpat);
1886 /* Mark the moved, invariant reg as being allowed to
1887 share a hard reg with the other matching invariant. */
1888 REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (m->insn);
1889 r1 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m->insn));
1890 r2 = SET_DEST (PATTERN (m1->insn));
1891 regs_may_share
1892 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, r1,
1893 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, r2,
1894 regs_may_share));
1895 delete_insn (m->insn);
1897 if (new_start == 0)
1898 new_start = i1;
1900 if (loop_dump_stream)
1901 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
1903 /* If we are to re-generate the item being moved with a
1904 new move insn, first delete what we have and then emit
1905 the move insn before the loop. */
1906 else if (m->move_insn)
1908 rtx i1, temp, seq;
1910 for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
1912 /* If this is the first insn of a library call sequence,
1913 skip to the end. */
1914 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1915 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1916 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
1918 /* If this is the last insn of a libcall sequence, then
1919 delete every insn in the sequence except the last.
1920 The last insn is handled in the normal manner. */
1921 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1922 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
1924 temp = XEXP (temp, 0);
1925 while (temp != p)
1926 temp = delete_insn (temp);
1929 temp = p;
1930 p = delete_insn (p);
1932 /* simplify_giv_expr expects that it can walk the insns
1933 at m->insn forwards and see this old sequence we are
1934 tossing here. delete_insn does preserve the next
1935 pointers, but when we skip over a NOTE we must fix
1936 it up. Otherwise that code walks into the non-deleted
1937 insn stream. */
1938 while (p && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
1939 p = NEXT_INSN (temp) = NEXT_INSN (p);
1942 start_sequence ();
1943 emit_move_insn (m->set_dest, m->set_src);
1944 temp = get_insns ();
1945 seq = gen_sequence ();
1946 end_sequence ();
1948 add_label_notes (m->set_src, temp);
1950 i1 = loop_insn_hoist (loop, seq);
1951 if (! find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
1952 set_unique_reg_note (i1,
1953 m->is_equiv ? REG_EQUIV : REG_EQUAL,
1954 m->set_src);
1956 if (loop_dump_stream)
1957 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d", INSN_UID (i1));
1959 /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them. */
1960 threshold -= 3;
1962 else
1964 for (count = m->consec; count >= 0; count--)
1966 rtx i1, temp;
1968 /* If first insn of libcall sequence, skip to end. */
1969 /* Do this at start of loop, since p is guaranteed to
1970 be an insn here. */
1971 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1972 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
1973 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
1975 /* If last insn of libcall sequence, move all
1976 insns except the last before the loop. The last
1977 insn is handled in the normal manner. */
1978 if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE
1979 && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
1981 rtx fn_address = 0;
1982 rtx fn_reg = 0;
1983 rtx fn_address_insn = 0;
1985 first = 0;
1986 for (temp = XEXP (temp, 0); temp != p;
1987 temp = NEXT_INSN (temp))
1989 rtx body;
1990 rtx n;
1991 rtx next;
1993 if (GET_CODE (temp) == NOTE)
1994 continue;
1996 body = PATTERN (temp);
1998 /* Find the next insn after TEMP,
1999 not counting USE or NOTE insns. */
2000 for (next = NEXT_INSN (temp); next != p;
2001 next = NEXT_INSN (next))
2002 if (! (GET_CODE (next) == INSN
2003 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == USE)
2004 && GET_CODE (next) != NOTE)
2005 break;
2007 /* If that is the call, this may be the insn
2008 that loads the function address.
2010 Extract the function address from the insn
2011 that loads it into a register.
2012 If this insn was cse'd, we get incorrect code.
2014 So emit a new move insn that copies the
2015 function address into the register that the
2016 call insn will use. flow.c will delete any
2017 redundant stores that we have created. */
2018 if (GET_CODE (next) == CALL_INSN
2019 && GET_CODE (body) == SET
2020 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG
2021 && (n = find_reg_note (temp, REG_EQUAL,
2022 NULL_RTX)))
2024 fn_reg = SET_SRC (body);
2025 if (GET_CODE (fn_reg) != REG)
2026 fn_reg = SET_DEST (body);
2027 fn_address = XEXP (n, 0);
2028 fn_address_insn = temp;
2030 /* We have the call insn.
2031 If it uses the register we suspect it might,
2032 load it with the correct address directly. */
2033 if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN
2034 && fn_address != 0
2035 && reg_referenced_p (fn_reg, body))
2036 loop_insn_emit_after (loop, 0, fn_address_insn,
2037 gen_move_insn
2038 (fn_reg, fn_address));
2040 if (GET_CODE (temp) == CALL_INSN)
2042 i1 = loop_call_insn_hoist (loop, body);
2043 /* Because the USAGE information potentially
2044 contains objects other than hard registers
2045 we need to copy it. */
2046 if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (temp))
2047 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i1)
2048 = copy_rtx (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (temp));
2050 else
2051 i1 = loop_insn_hoist (loop, body);
2052 if (first == 0)
2053 first = i1;
2054 if (temp == fn_address_insn)
2055 fn_address_insn = i1;
2056 REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (temp);
2057 REG_NOTES (temp) = NULL;
2058 delete_insn (temp);
2060 if (new_start == 0)
2061 new_start = first;
2063 if (m->savemode != VOIDmode)
2065 /* P sets REG to zero; but we should clear only
2066 the bits that are not covered by the mode
2067 m->savemode. */
2068 rtx reg = m->set_dest;
2069 rtx sequence;
2070 rtx tem;
2072 start_sequence ();
2073 tem = expand_simple_binop
2074 (GET_MODE (reg), AND, reg,
2075 GEN_INT ((((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
2076 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (m->savemode)))
2077 - 1),
2078 reg, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN);
2079 if (tem == 0)
2080 abort ();
2081 if (tem != reg)
2082 emit_move_insn (reg, tem);
2083 sequence = gen_sequence ();
2084 end_sequence ();
2085 i1 = loop_insn_hoist (loop, sequence);
2087 else if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
2089 i1 = loop_call_insn_hoist (loop, PATTERN (p));
2090 /* Because the USAGE information potentially
2091 contains objects other than hard registers
2092 we need to copy it. */
2093 if (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p))
2094 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (i1)
2095 = copy_rtx (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (p));
2097 else if (count == m->consec && m->move_insn_first)
2099 rtx seq;
2100 /* The SET_SRC might not be invariant, so we must
2101 use the REG_EQUAL note. */
2102 start_sequence ();
2103 emit_move_insn (m->set_dest, m->set_src);
2104 temp = get_insns ();
2105 seq = gen_sequence ();
2106 end_sequence ();
2108 add_label_notes (m->set_src, temp);
2110 i1 = loop_insn_hoist (loop, seq);
2111 if (! find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
2112 set_unique_reg_note (i1, m->is_equiv ? REG_EQUIV
2113 : REG_EQUAL, m->set_src);
2115 else
2116 i1 = loop_insn_hoist (loop, PATTERN (p));
2118 if (REG_NOTES (i1) == 0)
2120 REG_NOTES (i1) = REG_NOTES (p);
2121 REG_NOTES (p) = NULL;
2123 /* If there is a REG_EQUAL note present whose value
2124 is not loop invariant, then delete it, since it
2125 may cause problems with later optimization passes.
2126 It is possible for cse to create such notes
2127 like this as a result of record_jump_cond. */
2129 if ((temp = find_reg_note (i1, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
2130 && ! loop_invariant_p (loop, XEXP (temp, 0)))
2131 remove_note (i1, temp);
2134 if (new_start == 0)
2135 new_start = i1;
2137 if (loop_dump_stream)
2138 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " moved to %d",
2139 INSN_UID (i1));
2141 /* If library call, now fix the REG_NOTES that contain
2142 insn pointers, namely REG_LIBCALL on FIRST
2143 and REG_RETVAL on I1. */
2144 if ((temp = find_reg_note (i1, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)))
2146 XEXP (temp, 0) = first;
2147 temp = find_reg_note (first, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX);
2148 XEXP (temp, 0) = i1;
2151 temp = p;
2152 delete_insn (p);
2153 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
2155 /* simplify_giv_expr expects that it can walk the insns
2156 at m->insn forwards and see this old sequence we are
2157 tossing here. delete_insn does preserve the next
2158 pointers, but when we skip over a NOTE we must fix
2159 it up. Otherwise that code walks into the non-deleted
2160 insn stream. */
2161 while (p && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
2162 p = NEXT_INSN (temp) = NEXT_INSN (p);
2165 /* The more regs we move, the less we like moving them. */
2166 threshold -= 3;
2169 /* Any other movable that loads the same register
2170 MUST be moved. */
2171 already_moved[regno] = 1;
2173 /* This reg has been moved out of one loop. */
2174 regs->array[regno].moved_once = 1;
2176 /* The reg set here is now invariant. */
2177 if (! m->partial)
2179 int i;
2180 for (i = 0; i < LOOP_REGNO_NREGS (regno, m->set_dest); i++)
2181 regs->array[regno+i].set_in_loop = 0;
2184 m->done = 1;
2186 /* Change the length-of-life info for the register
2187 to say it lives at least the full length of this loop.
2188 This will help guide optimizations in outer loops. */
2190 if (REGNO_FIRST_LUID (regno) > INSN_LUID (loop_start))
2191 /* This is the old insn before all the moved insns.
2192 We can't use the moved insn because it is out of range
2193 in uid_luid. Only the old insns have luids. */
2194 REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) = INSN_UID (loop_start);
2195 if (REGNO_LAST_LUID (regno) < INSN_LUID (loop_end))
2196 REGNO_LAST_UID (regno) = INSN_UID (loop_end);
2198 /* Combine with this moved insn any other matching movables. */
2200 if (! m->partial)
2201 for (m1 = movables->head; m1; m1 = m1->next)
2202 if (m1->match == m)
2204 rtx temp;
2206 /* Schedule the reg loaded by M1
2207 for replacement so that shares the reg of M.
2208 If the modes differ (only possible in restricted
2209 circumstances, make a SUBREG.
2211 Note this assumes that the target dependent files
2212 treat REG and SUBREG equally, including within
2213 GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS and in all the
2214 predicates since we never verify that replacing the
2215 original register with a SUBREG results in a
2216 recognizable insn. */
2217 if (GET_MODE (m->set_dest) == GET_MODE (m1->set_dest))
2218 reg_map[m1->regno] = m->set_dest;
2219 else
2220 reg_map[m1->regno]
2221 = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (m1->set_dest),
2222 m->set_dest);
2224 /* Get rid of the matching insn
2225 and prevent further processing of it. */
2226 m1->done = 1;
2228 /* if library call, delete all insns. */
2229 if ((temp = find_reg_note (m1->insn, REG_RETVAL,
2230 NULL_RTX)))
2231 delete_insn_chain (XEXP (temp, 0), m1->insn);
2232 else
2233 delete_insn (m1->insn);
2235 /* Any other movable that loads the same register
2236 MUST be moved. */
2237 already_moved[m1->regno] = 1;
2239 /* The reg merged here is now invariant,
2240 if the reg it matches is invariant. */
2241 if (! m->partial)
2243 int i;
2244 for (i = 0;
2245 i < LOOP_REGNO_NREGS (regno, m1->set_dest);
2246 i++)
2247 regs->array[m1->regno+i].set_in_loop = 0;
2251 else if (loop_dump_stream)
2252 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not desirable");
2254 else if (loop_dump_stream && !m->match)
2255 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "not safe");
2257 if (loop_dump_stream)
2258 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
2261 if (new_start == 0)
2262 new_start = loop_start;
2264 /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making
2265 all the register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP. */
2266 for (p = new_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
2267 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
2268 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
2270 replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
2271 replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, nregs, 0);
2272 INSN_CODE (p) = -1;
2275 /* Clean up. */
2276 free (reg_map);
2277 free (already_moved);
2281 static void
2282 loop_movables_add (movables, m)
2283 struct loop_movables *movables;
2284 struct movable *m;
2286 if (movables->head == 0)
2287 movables->head = m;
2288 else
2289 movables->last->next = m;
2290 movables->last = m;
2294 static void
2295 loop_movables_free (movables)
2296 struct loop_movables *movables;
2298 struct movable *m;
2299 struct movable *m_next;
2301 for (m = movables->head; m; m = m_next)
2303 m_next = m->next;
2304 free (m);
2308 #if 0
2309 /* Scan X and replace the address of any MEM in it with ADDR.
2310 REG is the address that MEM should have before the replacement. */
2312 static void
2313 replace_call_address (x, reg, addr)
2314 rtx x, reg, addr;
2316 enum rtx_code code;
2317 int i;
2318 const char *fmt;
2320 if (x == 0)
2321 return;
2322 code = GET_CODE (x);
2323 switch (code)
2325 case PC:
2326 case CC0:
2327 case CONST_INT:
2328 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2329 case CONST:
2330 case SYMBOL_REF:
2331 case LABEL_REF:
2332 case REG:
2333 return;
2335 case SET:
2336 /* Short cut for very common case. */
2337 replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 1), reg, addr);
2338 return;
2340 case CALL:
2341 /* Short cut for very common case. */
2342 replace_call_address (XEXP (x, 0), reg, addr);
2343 return;
2345 case MEM:
2346 /* If this MEM uses a reg other than the one we expected,
2347 something is wrong. */
2348 if (XEXP (x, 0) != reg)
2349 abort ();
2350 XEXP (x, 0) = addr;
2351 return;
2353 default:
2354 break;
2357 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2358 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2360 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
2361 replace_call_address (XEXP (x, i), reg, addr);
2362 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
2364 int j;
2365 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2366 replace_call_address (XVECEXP (x, i, j), reg, addr);
2370 #endif
2372 /* Return the number of memory refs to addresses that vary
2373 in the rtx X. */
2375 static int
2376 count_nonfixed_reads (loop, x)
2377 const struct loop *loop;
2378 rtx x;
2380 enum rtx_code code;
2381 int i;
2382 const char *fmt;
2383 int value;
2385 if (x == 0)
2386 return 0;
2388 code = GET_CODE (x);
2389 switch (code)
2391 case PC:
2392 case CC0:
2393 case CONST_INT:
2394 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2395 case CONST:
2396 case SYMBOL_REF:
2397 case LABEL_REF:
2398 case REG:
2399 return 0;
2401 case MEM:
2402 return ((loop_invariant_p (loop, XEXP (x, 0)) != 1)
2403 + count_nonfixed_reads (loop, XEXP (x, 0)));
2405 default:
2406 break;
2409 value = 0;
2410 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
2411 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
2413 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
2414 value += count_nonfixed_reads (loop, XEXP (x, i));
2415 if (fmt[i] == 'E')
2417 int j;
2418 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
2419 value += count_nonfixed_reads (loop, XVECEXP (x, i, j));
2422 return value;
2425 /* Scan a loop setting the elements `cont', `vtop', `loops_enclosed',
2426 `has_call', `has_nonconst_call', `has_volatile', `has_tablejump',
2427 `unknown_address_altered', `unknown_constant_address_altered', and
2428 `num_mem_sets' in LOOP. Also, fill in the array `mems' and the
2429 list `store_mems' in LOOP. */
2431 static void
2432 prescan_loop (loop)
2433 struct loop *loop;
2435 int level = 1;
2436 rtx insn;
2437 struct loop_info *loop_info = LOOP_INFO (loop);
2438 rtx start = loop->start;
2439 rtx end = loop->end;
2440 /* The label after END. Jumping here is just like falling off the
2441 end of the loop. We use next_nonnote_insn instead of next_label
2442 as a hedge against the (pathological) case where some actual insn
2443 might end up between the two. */
2444 rtx exit_target = next_nonnote_insn (end);
2446 loop_info->has_indirect_jump = indirect_jump_in_function;
2447 loop_info->pre_header_has_call = 0;
2448 loop_info->has_call = 0;
2449 loop_info->has_nonconst_call = 0;
2450 loop_info->has_volatile = 0;
2451 loop_info->has_tablejump = 0;
2452 loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets = 0;
2453 loop->level = 1;
2455 loop_info->unknown_address_altered = 0;
2456 loop_info->unknown_constant_address_altered = 0;
2457 loop_info->store_mems = NULL_RTX;
2458 loop_info->first_loop_store_insn = NULL_RTX;
2459 loop_info->mems_idx = 0;
2460 loop_info->num_mem_sets = 0;
2463 for (insn = start; insn && GET_CODE (insn) != CODE_LABEL;
2464 insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
2466 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
2468 loop_info->pre_header_has_call = 1;
2469 break;
2473 for (insn = NEXT_INSN (start); insn != NEXT_INSN (end);
2474 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2476 switch (GET_CODE (insn))
2478 case NOTE:
2479 if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
2481 ++level;
2482 /* Count number of loops contained in this one. */
2483 loop->level++;
2485 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
2486 --level;
2487 break;
2489 case CALL_INSN:
2490 if (! CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn))
2492 loop_info->unknown_address_altered = 1;
2493 loop_info->has_nonconst_call = 1;
2495 loop_info->has_call = 1;
2496 if (can_throw_internal (insn))
2497 loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2498 break;
2500 case JUMP_INSN:
2501 if (! loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets)
2503 rtx set = pc_set (insn);
2505 if (set)
2507 rtx src = SET_SRC (set);
2508 rtx label1, label2;
2510 if (GET_CODE (src) == IF_THEN_ELSE)
2512 label1 = XEXP (src, 1);
2513 label2 = XEXP (src, 2);
2515 else
2517 label1 = src;
2518 label2 = NULL_RTX;
2523 if (label1 && label1 != pc_rtx)
2525 if (GET_CODE (label1) != LABEL_REF)
2527 /* Something tricky. */
2528 loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2529 break;
2531 else if (XEXP (label1, 0) != exit_target
2532 && LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (label1))
2534 /* A jump outside the current loop. */
2535 loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2536 break;
2540 label1 = label2;
2541 label2 = NULL_RTX;
2543 while (label1);
2545 else
2547 /* A return, or something tricky. */
2548 loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2551 /* FALLTHRU */
2553 case INSN:
2554 if (volatile_refs_p (PATTERN (insn)))
2555 loop_info->has_volatile = 1;
2557 if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
2558 && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
2559 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ADDR_VEC))
2560 loop_info->has_tablejump = 1;
2562 note_stores (PATTERN (insn), note_addr_stored, loop_info);
2563 if (! loop_info->first_loop_store_insn && loop_info->store_mems)
2564 loop_info->first_loop_store_insn = insn;
2566 if (flag_non_call_exceptions && can_throw_internal (insn))
2567 loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets = 1;
2568 break;
2570 default:
2571 break;
2575 /* Now, rescan the loop, setting up the LOOP_MEMS array. */
2576 if (/* An exception thrown by a called function might land us
2577 anywhere. */
2578 ! loop_info->has_nonconst_call
2579 /* We don't want loads for MEMs moved to a location before the
2580 one at which their stack memory becomes allocated. (Note
2581 that this is not a problem for malloc, etc., since those
2582 require actual function calls. */
2583 && ! current_function_calls_alloca
2584 /* There are ways to leave the loop other than falling off the
2585 end. */
2586 && ! loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets)
2587 for (insn = NEXT_INSN (start); insn != NEXT_INSN (end);
2588 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2589 for_each_rtx (&insn, insert_loop_mem, loop_info);
2591 /* BLKmode MEMs are added to LOOP_STORE_MEM as necessary so
2592 that loop_invariant_p and load_mems can use true_dependence
2593 to determine what is really clobbered. */
2594 if (loop_info->unknown_address_altered)
2596 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, const0_rtx);
2598 loop_info->store_mems
2599 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, mem, loop_info->store_mems);
2601 if (loop_info->unknown_constant_address_altered)
2603 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, const0_rtx);
2605 RTX_UNCHANGING_P (mem) = 1;
2606 loop_info->store_mems
2607 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, mem, loop_info->store_mems);
2611 /* Scan the function looking for loops. Record the start and end of each loop.
2612 Also mark as invalid loops any loops that contain a setjmp or are branched
2613 to from outside the loop. */
2615 static void
2616 find_and_verify_loops (f, loops)
2617 rtx f;
2618 struct loops *loops;
2620 rtx insn;
2621 rtx label;
2622 int num_loops;
2623 struct loop *current_loop;
2624 struct loop *next_loop;
2625 struct loop *loop;
2627 num_loops = loops->num;
2629 compute_luids (f, NULL_RTX, 0);
2631 /* If there are jumps to undefined labels,
2632 treat them as jumps out of any/all loops.
2633 This also avoids writing past end of tables when there are no loops. */
2634 uid_loop[0] = NULL;
2636 /* Find boundaries of loops, mark which loops are contained within
2637 loops, and invalidate loops that have setjmp. */
2639 num_loops = 0;
2640 current_loop = NULL;
2641 for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2643 if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
2644 switch (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn))
2646 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG:
2647 next_loop = loops->array + num_loops;
2648 next_loop->num = num_loops;
2649 num_loops++;
2650 next_loop->start = insn;
2651 next_loop->outer = current_loop;
2652 current_loop = next_loop;
2653 break;
2655 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT:
2656 current_loop->cont = insn;
2657 break;
2659 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP:
2660 current_loop->vtop = insn;
2661 break;
2663 case NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END:
2664 if (! current_loop)
2665 abort ();
2667 current_loop->end = insn;
2668 current_loop = current_loop->outer;
2669 break;
2671 default:
2672 break;
2675 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
2676 && find_reg_note (insn, REG_SETJMP, NULL))
2678 /* In this case, we must invalidate our current loop and any
2679 enclosing loop. */
2680 for (loop = current_loop; loop; loop = loop->outer)
2682 loop->invalid = 1;
2683 if (loop_dump_stream)
2684 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
2685 "\nLoop at %d ignored due to setjmp.\n",
2686 INSN_UID (loop->start));
2690 /* Note that this will mark the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END note as being in the
2691 enclosing loop, but this doesn't matter. */
2692 uid_loop[INSN_UID (insn)] = current_loop;
2695 /* Any loop containing a label used in an initializer must be invalidated,
2696 because it can be jumped into from anywhere. */
2698 for (label = forced_labels; label; label = XEXP (label, 1))
2700 for (loop = uid_loop[INSN_UID (XEXP (label, 0))];
2701 loop; loop = loop->outer)
2702 loop->invalid = 1;
2705 /* Any loop containing a label used for an exception handler must be
2706 invalidated, because it can be jumped into from anywhere. */
2708 for (label = exception_handler_labels; label; label = XEXP (label, 1))
2710 for (loop = uid_loop[INSN_UID (XEXP (label, 0))];
2711 loop; loop = loop->outer)
2712 loop->invalid = 1;
2715 /* Now scan all insn's in the function. If any JUMP_INSN branches into a
2716 loop that it is not contained within, that loop is marked invalid.
2717 If any INSN or CALL_INSN uses a label's address, then the loop containing
2718 that label is marked invalid, because it could be jumped into from
2719 anywhere.
2721 Also look for blocks of code ending in an unconditional branch that
2722 exits the loop. If such a block is surrounded by a conditional
2723 branch around the block, move the block elsewhere (see below) and
2724 invert the jump to point to the code block. This may eliminate a
2725 label in our loop and will simplify processing by both us and a
2726 possible second cse pass. */
2728 for (insn = f; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
2729 if (INSN_P (insn))
2731 struct loop *this_loop = uid_loop[INSN_UID (insn)];
2733 if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
2735 rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LABEL, NULL_RTX);
2736 if (note)
2738 for (loop = uid_loop[INSN_UID (XEXP (note, 0))];
2739 loop; loop = loop->outer)
2740 loop->invalid = 1;
2744 if (GET_CODE (insn) != JUMP_INSN)
2745 continue;
2747 mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (insn), this_loop);
2749 /* See if this is an unconditional branch outside the loop. */
2750 if (this_loop
2751 && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == RETURN
2752 || (any_uncondjump_p (insn)
2753 && onlyjump_p (insn)
2754 && (uid_loop[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))]
2755 != this_loop)))
2756 && get_max_uid () < max_uid_for_loop)
2758 rtx p;
2759 rtx our_next = next_real_insn (insn);
2760 rtx last_insn_to_move = NEXT_INSN (insn);
2761 struct loop *dest_loop;
2762 struct loop *outer_loop = NULL;
2764 /* Go backwards until we reach the start of the loop, a label,
2765 or a JUMP_INSN. */
2766 for (p = PREV_INSN (insn);
2767 GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL
2768 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE
2769 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
2770 && GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN;
2771 p = PREV_INSN (p))
2774 /* Check for the case where we have a jump to an inner nested
2775 loop, and do not perform the optimization in that case. */
2777 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
2779 dest_loop = uid_loop[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (insn))];
2780 if (dest_loop)
2782 for (outer_loop = dest_loop; outer_loop;
2783 outer_loop = outer_loop->outer)
2784 if (outer_loop == this_loop)
2785 break;
2789 /* Make sure that the target of P is within the current loop. */
2791 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
2792 && uid_loop[INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p))] != this_loop)
2793 outer_loop = this_loop;
2795 /* If we stopped on a JUMP_INSN to the next insn after INSN,
2796 we have a block of code to try to move.
2798 We look backward and then forward from the target of INSN
2799 to find a BARRIER at the same loop depth as the target.
2800 If we find such a BARRIER, we make a new label for the start
2801 of the block, invert the jump in P and point it to that label,
2802 and move the block of code to the spot we found. */
2804 if (! outer_loop
2805 && GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
2806 && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
2807 /* Just ignore jumps to labels that were never emitted.
2808 These always indicate compilation errors. */
2809 && INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) != 0
2810 && any_condjump_p (p) && onlyjump_p (p)
2811 && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == our_next
2812 /* If it's not safe to move the sequence, then we
2813 mustn't try. */
2814 && insns_safe_to_move_p (p, NEXT_INSN (insn),
2815 &last_insn_to_move))
2817 rtx target
2818 = JUMP_LABEL (insn) ? JUMP_LABEL (insn) : get_last_insn ();
2819 struct loop *target_loop = uid_loop[INSN_UID (target)];
2820 rtx loc, loc2;
2821 rtx tmp;
2823 /* Search for possible garbage past the conditional jumps
2824 and look for the last barrier. */
2825 for (tmp = last_insn_to_move;
2826 tmp && GET_CODE (tmp) != CODE_LABEL; tmp = NEXT_INSN (tmp))
2827 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == BARRIER)
2828 last_insn_to_move = tmp;
2830 for (loc = target; loc; loc = PREV_INSN (loc))
2831 if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
2832 /* Don't move things inside a tablejump. */
2833 && ((loc2 = next_nonnote_insn (loc)) == 0
2834 || GET_CODE (loc2) != CODE_LABEL
2835 || (loc2 = next_nonnote_insn (loc2)) == 0
2836 || GET_CODE (loc2) != JUMP_INSN
2837 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (loc2)) != ADDR_VEC
2838 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (loc2)) != ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
2839 && uid_loop[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop)
2840 break;
2842 if (loc == 0)
2843 for (loc = target; loc; loc = NEXT_INSN (loc))
2844 if (GET_CODE (loc) == BARRIER
2845 /* Don't move things inside a tablejump. */
2846 && ((loc2 = next_nonnote_insn (loc)) == 0
2847 || GET_CODE (loc2) != CODE_LABEL
2848 || (loc2 = next_nonnote_insn (loc2)) == 0
2849 || GET_CODE (loc2) != JUMP_INSN
2850 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (loc2)) != ADDR_VEC
2851 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (loc2)) != ADDR_DIFF_VEC))
2852 && uid_loop[INSN_UID (loc)] == target_loop)
2853 break;
2855 if (loc)
2857 rtx cond_label = JUMP_LABEL (p);
2858 rtx new_label = get_label_after (p);
2860 /* Ensure our label doesn't go away. */
2861 LABEL_NUSES (cond_label)++;
2863 /* Verify that uid_loop is large enough and that
2864 we can invert P. */
2865 if (invert_jump (p, new_label, 1))
2867 rtx q, r;
2869 /* If no suitable BARRIER was found, create a suitable
2870 one before TARGET. Since TARGET is a fall through
2871 path, we'll need to insert an jump around our block
2872 and add a BARRIER before TARGET.
2874 This creates an extra unconditional jump outside
2875 the loop. However, the benefits of removing rarely
2876 executed instructions from inside the loop usually
2877 outweighs the cost of the extra unconditional jump
2878 outside the loop. */
2879 if (loc == 0)
2881 rtx temp;
2883 temp = gen_jump (JUMP_LABEL (insn));
2884 temp = emit_jump_insn_before (temp, target);
2885 JUMP_LABEL (temp) = JUMP_LABEL (insn);
2886 LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (insn))++;
2887 loc = emit_barrier_before (target);
2890 /* Include the BARRIER after INSN and copy the
2891 block after LOC. */
2892 if (squeeze_notes (&new_label, &last_insn_to_move))
2893 abort ();
2894 reorder_insns (new_label, last_insn_to_move, loc);
2896 /* All those insns are now in TARGET_LOOP. */
2897 for (q = new_label;
2898 q != NEXT_INSN (last_insn_to_move);
2899 q = NEXT_INSN (q))
2900 uid_loop[INSN_UID (q)] = target_loop;
2902 /* The label jumped to by INSN is no longer a loop
2903 exit. Unless INSN does not have a label (e.g.,
2904 it is a RETURN insn), search loop->exit_labels
2905 to find its label_ref, and remove it. Also turn
2906 off LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P bit. */
2907 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
2909 for (q = 0, r = this_loop->exit_labels;
2911 q = r, r = LABEL_NEXTREF (r))
2912 if (XEXP (r, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (insn))
2914 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (r) = 0;
2915 if (q)
2916 LABEL_NEXTREF (q) = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
2917 else
2918 this_loop->exit_labels = LABEL_NEXTREF (r);
2919 break;
2922 for (loop = this_loop; loop && loop != target_loop;
2923 loop = loop->outer)
2924 loop->exit_count--;
2926 /* If we didn't find it, then something is
2927 wrong. */
2928 if (! r)
2929 abort ();
2932 /* P is now a jump outside the loop, so it must be put
2933 in loop->exit_labels, and marked as such.
2934 The easiest way to do this is to just call
2935 mark_loop_jump again for P. */
2936 mark_loop_jump (PATTERN (p), this_loop);
2938 /* If INSN now jumps to the insn after it,
2939 delete INSN. */
2940 if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
2941 && (next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (insn))
2942 == next_real_insn (insn)))
2943 delete_related_insns (insn);
2946 /* Continue the loop after where the conditional
2947 branch used to jump, since the only branch insn
2948 in the block (if it still remains) is an inter-loop
2949 branch and hence needs no processing. */
2950 insn = NEXT_INSN (cond_label);
2952 if (--LABEL_NUSES (cond_label) == 0)
2953 delete_related_insns (cond_label);
2955 /* This loop will be continued with NEXT_INSN (insn). */
2956 insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
2963 /* If any label in X jumps to a loop different from LOOP_NUM and any of the
2964 loops it is contained in, mark the target loop invalid.
2966 For speed, we assume that X is part of a pattern of a JUMP_INSN. */
2968 static void
2969 mark_loop_jump (x, loop)
2970 rtx x;
2971 struct loop *loop;
2973 struct loop *dest_loop;
2974 struct loop *outer_loop;
2975 int i;
2977 switch (GET_CODE (x))
2979 case PC:
2980 case USE:
2981 case CLOBBER:
2982 case REG:
2983 case MEM:
2984 case CONST_INT:
2985 case CONST_DOUBLE:
2986 case RETURN:
2987 return;
2989 case CONST:
2990 /* There could be a label reference in here. */
2991 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop);
2992 return;
2994 case PLUS:
2995 case MINUS:
2996 case MULT:
2997 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop);
2998 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop);
2999 return;
3001 case LO_SUM:
3002 /* This may refer to a LABEL_REF or SYMBOL_REF. */
3003 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop);
3004 return;
3006 case SIGN_EXTEND:
3007 case ZERO_EXTEND:
3008 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 0), loop);
3009 return;
3011 case LABEL_REF:
3012 dest_loop = uid_loop[INSN_UID (XEXP (x, 0))];
3014 /* Link together all labels that branch outside the loop. This
3015 is used by final_[bg]iv_value and the loop unrolling code. Also
3016 mark this LABEL_REF so we know that this branch should predict
3017 false. */
3019 /* A check to make sure the label is not in an inner nested loop,
3020 since this does not count as a loop exit. */
3021 if (dest_loop)
3023 for (outer_loop = dest_loop; outer_loop;
3024 outer_loop = outer_loop->outer)
3025 if (outer_loop == loop)
3026 break;
3028 else
3029 outer_loop = NULL;
3031 if (loop && ! outer_loop)
3033 LABEL_OUTSIDE_LOOP_P (x) = 1;
3034 LABEL_NEXTREF (x) = loop->exit_labels;
3035 loop->exit_labels = x;
3037 for (outer_loop = loop;
3038 outer_loop && outer_loop != dest_loop;
3039 outer_loop = outer_loop->outer)
3040 outer_loop->exit_count++;
3043 /* If this is inside a loop, but not in the current loop or one enclosed
3044 by it, it invalidates at least one loop. */
3046 if (! dest_loop)
3047 return;
3049 /* We must invalidate every nested loop containing the target of this
3050 label, except those that also contain the jump insn. */
3052 for (; dest_loop; dest_loop = dest_loop->outer)
3054 /* Stop when we reach a loop that also contains the jump insn. */
3055 for (outer_loop = loop; outer_loop; outer_loop = outer_loop->outer)
3056 if (dest_loop == outer_loop)
3057 return;
3059 /* If we get here, we know we need to invalidate a loop. */
3060 if (loop_dump_stream && ! dest_loop->invalid)
3061 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
3062 "\nLoop at %d ignored due to multiple entry points.\n",
3063 INSN_UID (dest_loop->start));
3065 dest_loop->invalid = 1;
3067 return;
3069 case SET:
3070 /* If this is not setting pc, ignore. */
3071 if (SET_DEST (x) == pc_rtx)
3072 mark_loop_jump (SET_SRC (x), loop);
3073 return;
3075 case IF_THEN_ELSE:
3076 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 1), loop);
3077 mark_loop_jump (XEXP (x, 2), loop);
3078 return;
3080 case PARALLEL:
3081 case ADDR_VEC:
3082 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 0); i++)
3083 mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), loop);
3084 return;
3086 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
3087 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, 1); i++)
3088 mark_loop_jump (XVECEXP (x, 1, i), loop);
3089 return;
3091 default:
3092 /* Strictly speaking this is not a jump into the loop, only a possible
3093 jump out of the loop. However, we have no way to link the destination
3094 of this jump onto the list of exit labels. To be safe we mark this
3095 loop and any containing loops as invalid. */
3096 if (loop)
3098 for (outer_loop = loop; outer_loop; outer_loop = outer_loop->outer)
3100 if (loop_dump_stream && ! outer_loop->invalid)
3101 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
3102 "\nLoop at %d ignored due to unknown exit jump.\n",
3103 INSN_UID (outer_loop->start));
3104 outer_loop->invalid = 1;
3107 return;
3111 /* Return nonzero if there is a label in the range from
3112 insn INSN to and including the insn whose luid is END
3113 INSN must have an assigned luid (i.e., it must not have
3114 been previously created by loop.c). */
3116 static int
3117 labels_in_range_p (insn, end)
3118 rtx insn;
3119 int end;
3121 while (insn && INSN_LUID (insn) <= end)
3123 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
3124 return 1;
3125 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
3128 return 0;
3131 /* Record that a memory reference X is being set. */
3133 static void
3134 note_addr_stored (x, y, data)
3135 rtx x;
3136 rtx y ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3137 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3139 struct loop_info *loop_info = data;
3141 if (x == 0 || GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
3142 return;
3144 /* Count number of memory writes.
3145 This affects heuristics in strength_reduce. */
3146 loop_info->num_mem_sets++;
3148 /* BLKmode MEM means all memory is clobbered. */
3149 if (GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode)
3151 if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x))
3152 loop_info->unknown_constant_address_altered = 1;
3153 else
3154 loop_info->unknown_address_altered = 1;
3156 return;
3159 loop_info->store_mems = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, x,
3160 loop_info->store_mems);
3163 /* X is a value modified by an INSN that references a biv inside a loop
3164 exit test (ie, X is somehow related to the value of the biv). If X
3165 is a pseudo that is used more than once, then the biv is (effectively)
3166 used more than once. DATA is a pointer to a loop_regs structure. */
3168 static void
3169 note_set_pseudo_multiple_uses (x, y, data)
3170 rtx x;
3171 rtx y ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3172 void *data;
3174 struct loop_regs *regs = (struct loop_regs *) data;
3176 if (x == 0)
3177 return;
3179 while (GET_CODE (x) == STRICT_LOW_PART
3180 || GET_CODE (x) == SIGN_EXTRACT
3181 || GET_CODE (x) == ZERO_EXTRACT
3182 || GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
3183 x = XEXP (x, 0);
3185 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG || REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3186 return;
3188 /* If we do not have usage information, or if we know the register
3189 is used more than once, note that fact for check_dbra_loop. */
3190 if (REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop
3191 || ! regs->array[REGNO (x)].single_usage
3192 || regs->array[REGNO (x)].single_usage == const0_rtx)
3193 regs->multiple_uses = 1;
3196 /* Return nonzero if the rtx X is invariant over the current loop.
3198 The value is 2 if we refer to something only conditionally invariant.
3200 A memory ref is invariant if it is not volatile and does not conflict
3201 with anything stored in `loop_info->store_mems'. */
3204 loop_invariant_p (loop, x)
3205 const struct loop *loop;
3206 rtx x;
3208 struct loop_info *loop_info = LOOP_INFO (loop);
3209 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
3210 int i;
3211 enum rtx_code code;
3212 const char *fmt;
3213 int conditional = 0;
3214 rtx mem_list_entry;
3216 if (x == 0)
3217 return 1;
3218 code = GET_CODE (x);
3219 switch (code)
3221 case CONST_INT:
3222 case CONST_DOUBLE:
3223 case SYMBOL_REF:
3224 case CONST:
3225 return 1;
3227 case LABEL_REF:
3228 /* A LABEL_REF is normally invariant, however, if we are unrolling
3229 loops, and this label is inside the loop, then it isn't invariant.
3230 This is because each unrolled copy of the loop body will have
3231 a copy of this label. If this was invariant, then an insn loading
3232 the address of this label into a register might get moved outside
3233 the loop, and then each loop body would end up using the same label.
3235 We don't know the loop bounds here though, so just fail for all
3236 labels. */
3237 if (flag_unroll_loops)
3238 return 0;
3239 else
3240 return 1;
3242 case PC:
3243 case CC0:
3244 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
3245 return 0;
3247 case REG:
3248 /* We used to check RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) here, but that is invalid
3249 since the reg might be set by initialization within the loop. */
3251 if ((x == frame_pointer_rtx || x == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
3252 || x == arg_pointer_rtx || x == pic_offset_table_rtx)
3253 && ! current_function_has_nonlocal_goto)
3254 return 1;
3256 if (LOOP_INFO (loop)->has_call
3257 && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && call_used_regs[REGNO (x)])
3258 return 0;
3260 if (regs->array[REGNO (x)].set_in_loop < 0)
3261 return 2;
3263 return regs->array[REGNO (x)].set_in_loop == 0;
3265 case MEM:
3266 /* Volatile memory references must be rejected. Do this before
3267 checking for read-only items, so that volatile read-only items
3268 will be rejected also. */
3269 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
3270 return 0;
3272 /* See if there is any dependence between a store and this load. */
3273 mem_list_entry = loop_info->store_mems;
3274 while (mem_list_entry)
3276 if (true_dependence (XEXP (mem_list_entry, 0), VOIDmode,
3277 x, rtx_varies_p))
3278 return 0;
3280 mem_list_entry = XEXP (mem_list_entry, 1);
3283 /* It's not invalidated by a store in memory
3284 but we must still verify the address is invariant. */
3285 break;
3287 case ASM_OPERANDS:
3288 /* Don't mess with insns declared volatile. */
3289 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x))
3290 return 0;
3291 break;
3293 default:
3294 break;
3297 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3298 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3300 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
3302 int tem = loop_invariant_p (loop, XEXP (x, i));
3303 if (tem == 0)
3304 return 0;
3305 if (tem == 2)
3306 conditional = 1;
3308 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3310 int j;
3311 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3313 int tem = loop_invariant_p (loop, XVECEXP (x, i, j));
3314 if (tem == 0)
3315 return 0;
3316 if (tem == 2)
3317 conditional = 1;
3323 return 1 + conditional;
3326 /* Return nonzero if all the insns in the loop that set REG
3327 are INSN and the immediately following insns,
3328 and if each of those insns sets REG in an invariant way
3329 (not counting uses of REG in them).
3331 The value is 2 if some of these insns are only conditionally invariant.
3333 We assume that INSN itself is the first set of REG
3334 and that its source is invariant. */
3336 static int
3337 consec_sets_invariant_p (loop, reg, n_sets, insn)
3338 const struct loop *loop;
3339 int n_sets;
3340 rtx reg, insn;
3342 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
3343 rtx p = insn;
3344 unsigned int regno = REGNO (reg);
3345 rtx temp;
3346 /* Number of sets we have to insist on finding after INSN. */
3347 int count = n_sets - 1;
3348 int old = regs->array[regno].set_in_loop;
3349 int value = 0;
3350 int this;
3352 /* If N_SETS hit the limit, we can't rely on its value. */
3353 if (n_sets == 127)
3354 return 0;
3356 regs->array[regno].set_in_loop = 0;
3358 while (count > 0)
3360 enum rtx_code code;
3361 rtx set;
3363 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
3364 code = GET_CODE (p);
3366 /* If library call, skip to end of it. */
3367 if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
3368 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
3370 this = 0;
3371 if (code == INSN
3372 && (set = single_set (p))
3373 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
3374 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == regno)
3376 this = loop_invariant_p (loop, SET_SRC (set));
3377 if (this != 0)
3378 value |= this;
3379 else if ((temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX)))
3381 /* If this is a libcall, then any invariant REG_EQUAL note is OK.
3382 If this is an ordinary insn, then only CONSTANT_P REG_EQUAL
3383 notes are OK. */
3384 this = (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (temp, 0))
3385 || (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)
3386 && loop_invariant_p (loop, XEXP (temp, 0))));
3387 if (this != 0)
3388 value |= this;
3391 if (this != 0)
3392 count--;
3393 else if (code != NOTE)
3395 regs->array[regno].set_in_loop = old;
3396 return 0;
3400 regs->array[regno].set_in_loop = old;
3401 /* If loop_invariant_p ever returned 2, we return 2. */
3402 return 1 + (value & 2);
3405 #if 0
3406 /* I don't think this condition is sufficient to allow INSN
3407 to be moved, so we no longer test it. */
3409 /* Return 1 if all insns in the basic block of INSN and following INSN
3410 that set REG are invariant according to TABLE. */
3412 static int
3413 all_sets_invariant_p (reg, insn, table)
3414 rtx reg, insn;
3415 short *table;
3417 rtx p = insn;
3418 int regno = REGNO (reg);
3420 while (1)
3422 enum rtx_code code;
3423 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
3424 code = GET_CODE (p);
3425 if (code == CODE_LABEL || code == JUMP_INSN)
3426 return 1;
3427 if (code == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET
3428 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == REG
3429 && REGNO (SET_DEST (PATTERN (p))) == regno)
3431 if (! loop_invariant_p (loop, SET_SRC (PATTERN (p)), table))
3432 return 0;
3436 #endif /* 0 */
3438 /* Look at all uses (not sets) of registers in X. For each, if it is
3439 the single use, set USAGE[REGNO] to INSN; if there was a previous use in
3440 a different insn, set USAGE[REGNO] to const0_rtx. */
3442 static void
3443 find_single_use_in_loop (regs, insn, x)
3444 struct loop_regs *regs;
3445 rtx insn;
3446 rtx x;
3448 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
3449 const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3450 int i, j;
3452 if (code == REG)
3453 regs->array[REGNO (x)].single_usage
3454 = (regs->array[REGNO (x)].single_usage != 0
3455 && regs->array[REGNO (x)].single_usage != insn)
3456 ? const0_rtx : insn;
3458 else if (code == SET)
3460 /* Don't count SET_DEST if it is a REG; otherwise count things
3461 in SET_DEST because if a register is partially modified, it won't
3462 show up as a potential movable so we don't care how USAGE is set
3463 for it. */
3464 if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG)
3465 find_single_use_in_loop (regs, insn, SET_DEST (x));
3466 find_single_use_in_loop (regs, insn, SET_SRC (x));
3468 else
3469 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3471 if (fmt[i] == 'e' && XEXP (x, i) != 0)
3472 find_single_use_in_loop (regs, insn, XEXP (x, i));
3473 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
3474 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
3475 find_single_use_in_loop (regs, insn, XVECEXP (x, i, j));
3479 /* Count and record any set in X which is contained in INSN. Update
3480 REGS->array[I].MAY_NOT_OPTIMIZE and LAST_SET for any register I set
3481 in X. */
3483 static void
3484 count_one_set (regs, insn, x, last_set)
3485 struct loop_regs *regs;
3486 rtx insn, x;
3487 rtx *last_set;
3489 if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
3490 /* Don't move a reg that has an explicit clobber.
3491 It's not worth the pain to try to do it correctly. */
3492 regs->array[REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))].may_not_optimize = 1;
3494 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
3496 rtx dest = SET_DEST (x);
3497 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
3498 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
3499 || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
3500 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
3501 dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
3502 if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
3504 int i;
3505 int regno = REGNO (dest);
3506 for (i = 0; i < LOOP_REGNO_NREGS (regno, dest); i++)
3508 /* If this is the first setting of this reg
3509 in current basic block, and it was set before,
3510 it must be set in two basic blocks, so it cannot
3511 be moved out of the loop. */
3512 if (regs->array[regno].set_in_loop > 0
3513 && last_set == 0)
3514 regs->array[regno+i].may_not_optimize = 1;
3515 /* If this is not first setting in current basic block,
3516 see if reg was used in between previous one and this.
3517 If so, neither one can be moved. */
3518 if (last_set[regno] != 0
3519 && reg_used_between_p (dest, last_set[regno], insn))
3520 regs->array[regno+i].may_not_optimize = 1;
3521 if (regs->array[regno+i].set_in_loop < 127)
3522 ++regs->array[regno+i].set_in_loop;
3523 last_set[regno+i] = insn;
3529 /* Given a loop that is bounded by LOOP->START and LOOP->END and that
3530 is entered at LOOP->SCAN_START, return 1 if the register set in SET
3531 contained in insn INSN is used by any insn that precedes INSN in
3532 cyclic order starting from the loop entry point.
3534 We don't want to use INSN_LUID here because if we restrict INSN to those
3535 that have a valid INSN_LUID, it means we cannot move an invariant out
3536 from an inner loop past two loops. */
3538 static int
3539 loop_reg_used_before_p (loop, set, insn)
3540 const struct loop *loop;
3541 rtx set, insn;
3543 rtx reg = SET_DEST (set);
3544 rtx p;
3546 /* Scan forward checking for register usage. If we hit INSN, we
3547 are done. Otherwise, if we hit LOOP->END, wrap around to LOOP->START. */
3548 for (p = loop->scan_start; p != insn; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
3550 if (INSN_P (p) && reg_overlap_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p)))
3551 return 1;
3553 if (p == loop->end)
3554 p = loop->start;
3557 return 0;
3561 /* Information we collect about arrays that we might want to prefetch. */
3562 struct prefetch_info
3564 struct iv_class *class; /* Class this prefetch is based on. */
3565 struct induction *giv; /* GIV this prefetch is based on. */
3566 rtx base_address; /* Start prefetching from this address plus
3567 index. */
3568 HOST_WIDE_INT index;
3569 HOST_WIDE_INT stride; /* Prefetch stride in bytes in each
3570 iteration. */
3571 unsigned int bytes_accesed; /* Sum of sizes of all acceses to this
3572 prefetch area in one iteration. */
3573 unsigned int total_bytes; /* Total bytes loop will access in this block.
3574 This is set only for loops with known
3575 iteration counts and is 0xffffffff
3576 otherwise. */
3577 unsigned int write : 1; /* 1 for read/write prefetches. */
3578 unsigned int prefetch_in_loop : 1;
3579 /* 1 for those chosen for prefetching. */
3580 unsigned int prefetch_before_loop : 1;
3581 /* 1 for those chosen for prefetching. */
3584 /* Data used by check_store function. */
3585 struct check_store_data
3587 rtx mem_address;
3588 int mem_write;
3591 static void check_store PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, void *));
3592 static void emit_prefetch_instructions PARAMS ((struct loop *));
3593 static int rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3595 /* Set mem_write when mem_address is found. Used as callback to
3596 note_stores. */
3597 static void
3598 check_store (x, pat, data)
3599 rtx x, pat ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
3600 void *data;
3602 struct check_store_data *d = (struct check_store_data *) data;
3604 if ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM) && rtx_equal_p (d->mem_address, XEXP (x, 0)))
3605 d->mem_write = 1;
3608 /* Like rtx_equal_p, but attempts to swap commutative operands. This is
3609 important to get some addresses combined. Later more sophisticated
3610 transformations can be added when necesary.
3612 ??? Same trick with swapping operand is done at several other places.
3613 It can be nice to develop some common way to handle this. */
3615 static int
3616 rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p (x, y)
3617 rtx x, y;
3619 int i;
3620 int j;
3621 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
3622 const char *fmt;
3624 if (x == y)
3625 return 1;
3626 if (code != GET_CODE (y))
3627 return 0;
3629 code = GET_CODE (x);
3631 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c')
3633 return ((rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (y, 0))
3634 && rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p (XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (y, 1)))
3635 || (rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (y, 1))
3636 && rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p (XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (y, 0))));
3638 /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements fails to
3639 match, return 0 for the whole thing. */
3641 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
3642 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3644 switch (fmt[i])
3646 case 'w':
3647 if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i))
3648 return 0;
3649 break;
3651 case 'i':
3652 if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
3653 return 0;
3654 break;
3656 case 'E':
3657 /* Two vectors must have the same length. */
3658 if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i))
3659 return 0;
3661 /* And the corresponding elements must match. */
3662 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
3663 if (rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j),
3664 XVECEXP (y, i, j)) == 0)
3665 return 0;
3666 break;
3668 case 'e':
3669 if (rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i)) == 0)
3670 return 0;
3671 break;
3673 case 's':
3674 if (strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i)))
3675 return 0;
3676 break;
3678 case 'u':
3679 /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter. */
3680 break;
3682 case '0':
3683 break;
3685 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
3686 contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
3687 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */
3688 default:
3689 abort ();
3692 return 1;
3695 /* Remove constant addition value from the expression X (when present)
3696 and return it. */
3698 static HOST_WIDE_INT
3699 remove_constant_addition (x)
3700 rtx *x;
3702 HOST_WIDE_INT addval = 0;
3703 rtx exp = *x;
3705 /* Avoid clobbering a shared CONST expression. */
3706 if (GET_CODE (exp) == CONST)
3708 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == PLUS
3709 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (exp, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
3710 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (exp, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
3712 *x = XEXP (XEXP (exp, 0), 0);
3713 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (exp, 0), 1));
3715 return 0;
3718 if (GET_CODE (exp) == CONST_INT)
3720 addval = INTVAL (exp);
3721 *x = const0_rtx;
3724 /* For plus expression recurse on ourself. */
3725 else if (GET_CODE (exp) == PLUS)
3727 addval += remove_constant_addition (&XEXP (exp, 0));
3728 addval += remove_constant_addition (&XEXP (exp, 1));
3730 /* In case our parameter was constant, remove extra zero from the
3731 expression. */
3732 if (XEXP (exp, 0) == const0_rtx)
3733 *x = XEXP (exp, 1);
3734 else if (XEXP (exp, 1) == const0_rtx)
3735 *x = XEXP (exp, 0);
3738 return addval;
3741 /* Attempt to identify accesses to arrays that are most likely to cause cache
3742 misses, and emit prefetch instructions a few prefetch blocks forward.
3744 To detect the arrays we use the GIV information that was collected by the
3745 strength reduction pass.
3747 The prefetch instructions are generated after the GIV information is done
3748 and before the strength reduction process. The new GIVs are injected into
3749 the strength reduction tables, so the prefetch addresses are optimized as
3750 well.
3752 GIVs are split into base address, stride, and constant addition values.
3753 GIVs with the same address, stride and close addition values are combined
3754 into a single prefetch. Also writes to GIVs are detected, so that prefetch
3755 for write instructions can be used for the block we write to, on machines
3756 that support write prefetches.
3758 Several heuristics are used to determine when to prefetch. They are
3759 controlled by defined symbols that can be overridden for each target. */
3761 static void
3762 emit_prefetch_instructions (loop)
3763 struct loop *loop;
3765 int num_prefetches = 0;
3766 int num_real_prefetches = 0;
3767 int num_real_write_prefetches = 0;
3768 int ahead;
3769 int i;
3770 struct iv_class *bl;
3771 struct induction *iv;
3772 struct prefetch_info info[MAX_PREFETCHES];
3773 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
3775 if (!HAVE_prefetch)
3776 return;
3778 /* Consider only loops w/o calls. When a call is done, the loop is probably
3779 slow enough to read the memory. */
3780 if (PREFETCH_NO_CALL && LOOP_INFO (loop)->has_call)
3782 if (loop_dump_stream)
3783 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Prefetch: ignoring loop - has call.\n");
3785 return;
3788 if (PREFETCH_NO_LOW_LOOPCNT
3789 && LOOP_INFO (loop)->n_iterations
3790 && LOOP_INFO (loop)->n_iterations <= PREFETCH_LOW_LOOPCNT)
3792 if (loop_dump_stream)
3793 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
3794 "Prefetch: ignoring loop - not enought iterations.\n");
3795 return;
3798 /* Search all induction variables and pick those interesting for the prefetch
3799 machinery. */
3800 for (bl = ivs->list; bl; bl = bl->next)
3802 struct induction *biv = bl->biv, *biv1;
3803 int basestride = 0;
3805 biv1 = biv;
3807 /* Expect all BIVs to be executed in each iteration. This makes our
3808 analysis more conservative. */
3809 while (biv1)
3811 /* Discard non-constant additions that we can't handle well yet, and
3812 BIVs that are executed multiple times; such BIVs ought to be
3813 handled in the nested loop. We accept not_every_iteration BIVs,
3814 since these only result in larger strides and make our
3815 heuristics more conservative.
3816 ??? What does the last sentence mean? */
3817 if (GET_CODE (biv->add_val) != CONST_INT)
3819 if (loop_dump_stream)
3821 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
3822 "Prefetch: biv %i ignored: non-constant addition at insn %i:",
3823 REGNO (biv->src_reg), INSN_UID (biv->insn));
3824 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, biv->add_val);
3825 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
3827 break;
3830 if (biv->maybe_multiple)
3832 if (loop_dump_stream)
3834 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
3835 "Prefetch: biv %i ignored: maybe_multiple at insn %i:",
3836 REGNO (biv->src_reg), INSN_UID (biv->insn));
3837 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, biv->add_val);
3838 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
3840 break;
3843 basestride += INTVAL (biv1->add_val);
3844 biv1 = biv1->next_iv;
3847 if (biv1 || !basestride)
3848 continue;
3850 for (iv = bl->giv; iv; iv = iv->next_iv)
3852 rtx address;
3853 rtx temp;
3854 HOST_WIDE_INT index = 0;
3855 int add = 1;
3856 HOST_WIDE_INT stride;
3857 struct check_store_data d;
3858 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (iv));
3860 /* There are several reasons why an induction variable is not
3861 interesting to us. */
3862 if (iv->giv_type != DEST_ADDR
3863 /* We are interested only in constant stride memory references
3864 in order to be able to compute density easily. */
3865 || GET_CODE (iv->mult_val) != CONST_INT
3866 /* Don't handle reversed order prefetches, since they are usually
3867 ineffective. Later we may be able to reverse such BIVs. */
3868 || (PREFETCH_NO_REVERSE_ORDER
3869 && (stride = INTVAL (iv->mult_val) * basestride) < 0)
3870 /* Prefetching of accesses with such an extreme stride is probably
3871 not worthwhile, either. */
3872 || (PREFETCH_NO_EXTREME_STRIDE
3873 && stride > PREFETCH_EXTREME_STRIDE)
3874 /* Ignore GIVs with varying add values; we can't predict the
3875 value for the next iteration. */
3876 || !loop_invariant_p (loop, iv->add_val)
3877 /* Ignore GIVs in the nested loops; they ought to have been
3878 handled already. */
3879 || iv->maybe_multiple)
3881 if (loop_dump_stream)
3882 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Prefetch: Ignoring giv at %i\n",
3883 INSN_UID (iv->insn));
3884 continue;
3887 /* Determine the pointer to the basic array we are examining. It is
3888 the sum of the BIV's initial value and the GIV's add_val. */
3889 index = 0;
3891 address = copy_rtx (iv->add_val);
3892 temp = copy_rtx (bl->initial_value);
3894 address = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, Pmode, temp, address);
3895 index = remove_constant_addition (&address);
3897 index += size;
3898 d.mem_write = 0;
3899 d.mem_address = *iv->location;
3901 /* When the GIV is not always executed, we might be better off by
3902 not dirtying the cache pages. */
3903 if (PREFETCH_NOT_ALWAYS || iv->always_executed)
3904 note_stores (PATTERN (iv->insn), check_store, &d);
3906 /* Attempt to find another prefetch to the same array and see if we
3907 can merge this one. */
3908 for (i = 0; i < num_prefetches; i++)
3909 if (rtx_equal_for_prefetch_p (address, info[i].base_address)
3910 && stride == info[i].stride)
3912 /* In case both access same array (same location
3913 just with small difference in constant indexes), merge
3914 the prefetches. Just do the later and the earlier will
3915 get prefetched from previous iteration.
3916 4096 is artificial threshold. It should not be too small,
3917 but also not bigger than small portion of memory usually
3918 traversed by single loop. */
3919 if (index >= info[i].index && index - info[i].index < 4096)
3921 info[i].write |= d.mem_write;
3922 info[i].bytes_accesed += size;
3923 info[i].index = index;
3924 info[i].giv = iv;
3925 info[i].class = bl;
3926 info[num_prefetches].base_address = address;
3927 add = 0;
3928 break;
3931 if (index < info[i].index && info[i].index - index < 4096)
3933 info[i].write |= d.mem_write;
3934 info[i].bytes_accesed += size;
3935 add = 0;
3936 break;
3940 /* Merging failed. */
3941 if (add)
3943 info[num_prefetches].giv = iv;
3944 info[num_prefetches].class = bl;
3945 info[num_prefetches].index = index;
3946 info[num_prefetches].stride = stride;
3947 info[num_prefetches].base_address = address;
3948 info[num_prefetches].write = d.mem_write;
3949 info[num_prefetches].bytes_accesed = size;
3950 num_prefetches++;
3951 if (num_prefetches >= MAX_PREFETCHES)
3953 if (loop_dump_stream)
3954 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
3955 "Maximal number of prefetches exceeded.\n");
3956 return;
3962 for (i = 0; i < num_prefetches; i++)
3964 /* Attempt to calculate the number of bytes fetched by the loop.
3965 Avoid overflow. */
3966 if (LOOP_INFO (loop)->n_iterations
3967 && ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (0xffffffff / info[i].stride)
3968 >= LOOP_INFO (loop)->n_iterations))
3969 info[i].total_bytes = info[i].stride * LOOP_INFO (loop)->n_iterations;
3970 else
3971 info[i].total_bytes = 0xffffffff;
3973 /* Prefetch is worthwhile only when the loads/stores are dense. */
3974 if (PREFETCH_ONLY_DENSE_MEM
3975 && info[i].bytes_accesed * 256 / info[i].stride > PREFETCH_DENSE_MEM
3976 && (info[i].total_bytes / PREFETCH_BLOCK
3977 >= PREFETCH_BLOCKS_BEFORE_LOOP_MIN))
3979 info[i].prefetch_before_loop = 1;
3980 info[i].prefetch_in_loop
3981 = (info[i].total_bytes / PREFETCH_BLOCK
3982 > PREFETCH_BLOCKS_BEFORE_LOOP_MAX);
3984 else
3985 info[i].prefetch_in_loop = 0, info[i].prefetch_before_loop = 0;
3987 if (info[i].prefetch_in_loop)
3989 num_real_prefetches += ((info[i].stride + PREFETCH_BLOCK - 1)
3990 / PREFETCH_BLOCK);
3991 if (info[i].write)
3992 num_real_write_prefetches
3993 += (info[i].stride + PREFETCH_BLOCK - 1) / PREFETCH_BLOCK;
3997 if (loop_dump_stream)
3999 for (i = 0; i < num_prefetches; i++)
4001 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Prefetch insn %i address: ",
4002 INSN_UID (info[i].giv->insn));
4003 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, info[i].base_address);
4004 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " Index: ");
4005 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, info[i].index);
4006 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " stride: ");
4007 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, info[i].stride);
4008 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4009 " density: %i%% total_bytes: %u%sin loop: %s before: %s\n",
4010 (int) (info[i].bytes_accesed * 100 / info[i].stride),
4011 info[i].total_bytes,
4012 info[i].write ? " read/write " : " read only ",
4013 info[i].prefetch_in_loop ? "yes" : "no",
4014 info[i].prefetch_before_loop ? "yes" : "no");
4017 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Real prefetches needed: %i (write: %i)\n",
4018 num_real_prefetches, num_real_write_prefetches);
4021 if (!num_real_prefetches)
4022 return;
4024 ahead = SIMULTANEOUS_PREFETCHES / num_real_prefetches;
4026 if (!ahead)
4027 return;
4029 for (i = 0; i < num_prefetches; i++)
4031 if (info[i].prefetch_in_loop)
4033 int y;
4035 for (y = 0; y < ((info[i].stride + PREFETCH_BLOCK - 1)
4036 / PREFETCH_BLOCK); y++)
4038 rtx loc = copy_rtx (*info[i].giv->location);
4039 rtx insn;
4040 int bytes_ahead = PREFETCH_BLOCK * (ahead + y);
4041 rtx before_insn = info[i].giv->insn;
4042 rtx prev_insn = PREV_INSN (info[i].giv->insn);
4044 /* We can save some effort by offsetting the address on
4045 architectures with offsettable memory references. */
4046 if (offsettable_address_p (0, VOIDmode, loc))
4047 loc = plus_constant (loc, bytes_ahead);
4048 else
4050 rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
4051 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop, loc, const1_rtx,
4052 GEN_INT (bytes_ahead), reg,
4053 0, before_insn);
4054 loc = reg;
4057 /* Make sure the address operand is valid for prefetch. */
4058 if (! (*insn_data[(int)CODE_FOR_prefetch].operand[0].predicate)
4059 (loc,
4060 insn_data[(int)CODE_FOR_prefetch].operand[0].mode))
4061 loc = force_reg (Pmode, loc);
4062 emit_insn_before (gen_prefetch (loc, GEN_INT (info[i].write),
4063 GEN_INT (3)),
4064 before_insn);
4066 /* Check all insns emitted and record the new GIV
4067 information. */
4068 insn = NEXT_INSN (prev_insn);
4069 while (insn != before_insn)
4071 insn = check_insn_for_givs (loop, insn,
4072 info[i].giv->always_executed,
4073 info[i].giv->maybe_multiple);
4074 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
4079 if (info[i].prefetch_before_loop)
4081 int y;
4083 /* Emit INSNs before the loop to fetch the first cache lines. */
4084 for (y = 0;
4085 (!info[i].prefetch_in_loop || y < ahead)
4086 && y * PREFETCH_BLOCK < (int) info[i].total_bytes; y ++)
4088 rtx reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
4089 rtx loop_start = loop->start;
4090 rtx add_val = simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, Pmode,
4091 info[i].giv->add_val,
4092 GEN_INT (y * PREFETCH_BLOCK));
4094 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop, info[i].class->initial_value,
4095 info[i].giv->mult_val,
4096 add_val, reg, 0, loop_start);
4097 emit_insn_before (gen_prefetch (reg, GEN_INT (info[i].write),
4098 GEN_INT (3)),
4099 loop_start);
4104 return;
4107 /* A "basic induction variable" or biv is a pseudo reg that is set
4108 (within this loop) only by incrementing or decrementing it. */
4109 /* A "general induction variable" or giv is a pseudo reg whose
4110 value is a linear function of a biv. */
4112 /* Bivs are recognized by `basic_induction_var';
4113 Givs by `general_induction_var'. */
4115 /* Communication with routines called via `note_stores'. */
4117 static rtx note_insn;
4119 /* Dummy register to have non-zero DEST_REG for DEST_ADDR type givs. */
4121 static rtx addr_placeholder;
4123 /* ??? Unfinished optimizations, and possible future optimizations,
4124 for the strength reduction code. */
4126 /* ??? The interaction of biv elimination, and recognition of 'constant'
4127 bivs, may cause problems. */
4129 /* ??? Add heuristics so that DEST_ADDR strength reduction does not cause
4130 performance problems.
4132 Perhaps don't eliminate things that can be combined with an addressing
4133 mode. Find all givs that have the same biv, mult_val, and add_val;
4134 then for each giv, check to see if its only use dies in a following
4135 memory address. If so, generate a new memory address and check to see
4136 if it is valid. If it is valid, then store the modified memory address,
4137 otherwise, mark the giv as not done so that it will get its own iv. */
4139 /* ??? Could try to optimize branches when it is known that a biv is always
4140 positive. */
4142 /* ??? When replace a biv in a compare insn, we should replace with closest
4143 giv so that an optimized branch can still be recognized by the combiner,
4144 e.g. the VAX acb insn. */
4146 /* ??? Many of the checks involving uid_luid could be simplified if regscan
4147 was rerun in loop_optimize whenever a register was added or moved.
4148 Also, some of the optimizations could be a little less conservative. */
4150 /* Scan the loop body and call FNCALL for each insn. In the addition to the
4151 LOOP and INSN parameters pass MAYBE_MULTIPLE and NOT_EVERY_ITERATION to the
4152 callback.
4154 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION if current insn is not executed at least once for every
4155 loop iteration except for the last one.
4157 MAYBE_MULTIPLE is 1 if current insn may be executed more than once for every
4158 loop iteration.
4160 void
4161 for_each_insn_in_loop (loop, fncall)
4162 struct loop *loop;
4163 loop_insn_callback fncall;
4165 /* This is 1 if current insn is not executed at least once for every loop
4166 iteration. */
4167 int not_every_iteration = 0;
4168 int maybe_multiple = 0;
4169 int past_loop_latch = 0;
4170 int loop_depth = 0;
4171 rtx p;
4173 /* If loop_scan_start points to the loop exit test, we have to be wary of
4174 subversive use of gotos inside expression statements. */
4175 if (prev_nonnote_insn (loop->scan_start) != prev_nonnote_insn (loop->start))
4176 maybe_multiple = back_branch_in_range_p (loop, loop->scan_start);
4178 /* Scan through loop to find all possible bivs. */
4180 for (p = next_insn_in_loop (loop, loop->scan_start);
4181 p != NULL_RTX;
4182 p = next_insn_in_loop (loop, p))
4184 p = fncall (loop, p, not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple);
4186 /* Past CODE_LABEL, we get to insns that may be executed multiple
4187 times. The only way we can be sure that they can't is if every
4188 jump insn between here and the end of the loop either
4189 returns, exits the loop, is a jump to a location that is still
4190 behind the label, or is a jump to the loop start. */
4192 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
4194 rtx insn = p;
4196 maybe_multiple = 0;
4198 while (1)
4200 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
4201 if (insn == loop->scan_start)
4202 break;
4203 if (insn == loop->end)
4205 if (loop->top != 0)
4206 insn = loop->top;
4207 else
4208 break;
4209 if (insn == loop->scan_start)
4210 break;
4213 if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
4214 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != RETURN
4215 && (!any_condjump_p (insn)
4216 || (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0
4217 && JUMP_LABEL (insn) != loop->scan_start
4218 && !loop_insn_first_p (p, JUMP_LABEL (insn)))))
4220 maybe_multiple = 1;
4221 break;
4226 /* Past a jump, we get to insns for which we can't count
4227 on whether they will be executed during each iteration. */
4228 /* This code appears twice in strength_reduce. There is also similar
4229 code in scan_loop. */
4230 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
4231 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan around to the
4232 beginning, don't set not_every_iteration for that.
4233 This can be any kind of jump, since we want to know if insns
4234 will be executed if the loop is executed. */
4235 && !(JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop->top
4236 && ((NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop->end
4237 && any_uncondjump_p (p))
4238 || (NEXT_INSN (p) == loop->end && any_condjump_p (p)))))
4240 rtx label = 0;
4242 /* If this is a jump outside the loop, then it also doesn't
4243 matter. Check to see if the target of this branch is on the
4244 loop->exits_labels list. */
4246 for (label = loop->exit_labels; label; label = LABEL_NEXTREF (label))
4247 if (XEXP (label, 0) == JUMP_LABEL (p))
4248 break;
4250 if (!label)
4251 not_every_iteration = 1;
4254 else if (GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
4256 /* At the virtual top of a converted loop, insns are again known to
4257 be executed each iteration: logically, the loop begins here
4258 even though the exit code has been duplicated.
4260 Insns are also again known to be executed each iteration at
4261 the LOOP_CONT note. */
4262 if ((NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_VTOP
4263 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT)
4264 && loop_depth == 0)
4265 not_every_iteration = 0;
4266 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
4267 loop_depth++;
4268 else if (NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
4269 loop_depth--;
4272 /* Note if we pass a loop latch. If we do, then we can not clear
4273 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION below when we pass the last CODE_LABEL in
4274 a loop since a jump before the last CODE_LABEL may have started
4275 a new loop iteration.
4277 Note that LOOP_TOP is only set for rotated loops and we need
4278 this check for all loops, so compare against the CODE_LABEL
4279 which immediately follows LOOP_START. */
4280 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
4281 && JUMP_LABEL (p) == NEXT_INSN (loop->start))
4282 past_loop_latch = 1;
4284 /* Unlike in the code motion pass where MAYBE_NEVER indicates that
4285 an insn may never be executed, NOT_EVERY_ITERATION indicates whether
4286 or not an insn is known to be executed each iteration of the
4287 loop, whether or not any iterations are known to occur.
4289 Therefore, if we have just passed a label and have no more labels
4290 between here and the test insn of the loop, and we have not passed
4291 a jump to the top of the loop, then we know these insns will be
4292 executed each iteration. */
4294 if (not_every_iteration
4295 && !past_loop_latch
4296 && GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
4297 && no_labels_between_p (p, loop->end)
4298 && loop_insn_first_p (p, loop->cont))
4299 not_every_iteration = 0;
4303 static void
4304 loop_bivs_find (loop)
4305 struct loop *loop;
4307 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
4308 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
4309 /* Temporary list pointers for traversing ivs->list. */
4310 struct iv_class *bl, **backbl;
4312 ivs->list = 0;
4314 for_each_insn_in_loop (loop, check_insn_for_bivs);
4316 /* Scan ivs->list to remove all regs that proved not to be bivs.
4317 Make a sanity check against regs->n_times_set. */
4318 for (backbl = &ivs->list, bl = *backbl; bl; bl = bl->next)
4320 if (REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, bl->regno) != BASIC_INDUCT
4321 /* Above happens if register modified by subreg, etc. */
4322 /* Make sure it is not recognized as a basic induction var: */
4323 || regs->array[bl->regno].n_times_set != bl->biv_count
4324 /* If never incremented, it is invariant that we decided not to
4325 move. So leave it alone. */
4326 || ! bl->incremented)
4328 if (loop_dump_stream)
4329 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Biv %d: discarded, %s\n",
4330 bl->regno,
4331 (REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, bl->regno) != BASIC_INDUCT
4332 ? "not induction variable"
4333 : (! bl->incremented ? "never incremented"
4334 : "count error")));
4336 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, bl->regno) = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
4337 *backbl = bl->next;
4339 else
4341 backbl = &bl->next;
4343 if (loop_dump_stream)
4344 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Biv %d: verified\n", bl->regno);
4350 /* Determine how BIVS are initialised by looking through pre-header
4351 extended basic block. */
4352 static void
4353 loop_bivs_init_find (loop)
4354 struct loop *loop;
4356 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
4357 /* Temporary list pointers for traversing ivs->list. */
4358 struct iv_class *bl;
4359 int call_seen;
4360 rtx p;
4362 /* Find initial value for each biv by searching backwards from loop_start,
4363 halting at first label. Also record any test condition. */
4365 call_seen = 0;
4366 for (p = loop->start; p && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL; p = PREV_INSN (p))
4368 rtx test;
4370 note_insn = p;
4372 if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
4373 call_seen = 1;
4375 if (INSN_P (p))
4376 note_stores (PATTERN (p), record_initial, ivs);
4378 /* Record any test of a biv that branches around the loop if no store
4379 between it and the start of loop. We only care about tests with
4380 constants and registers and only certain of those. */
4381 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
4382 && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0
4383 && next_real_insn (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == next_real_insn (loop->end)
4384 && (test = get_condition_for_loop (loop, p)) != 0
4385 && GET_CODE (XEXP (test, 0)) == REG
4386 && REGNO (XEXP (test, 0)) < max_reg_before_loop
4387 && (bl = REG_IV_CLASS (ivs, REGNO (XEXP (test, 0)))) != 0
4388 && valid_initial_value_p (XEXP (test, 1), p, call_seen, loop->start)
4389 && bl->init_insn == 0)
4391 /* If an NE test, we have an initial value! */
4392 if (GET_CODE (test) == NE)
4394 bl->init_insn = p;
4395 bl->init_set = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
4396 XEXP (test, 0), XEXP (test, 1));
4398 else
4399 bl->initial_test = test;
4405 /* Look at the each biv and see if we can say anything better about its
4406 initial value from any initializing insns set up above. (This is done
4407 in two passes to avoid missing SETs in a PARALLEL.) */
4408 static void
4409 loop_bivs_check (loop)
4410 struct loop *loop;
4412 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
4413 /* Temporary list pointers for traversing ivs->list. */
4414 struct iv_class *bl;
4415 struct iv_class **backbl;
4417 for (backbl = &ivs->list; (bl = *backbl); backbl = &bl->next)
4419 rtx src;
4420 rtx note;
4422 if (! bl->init_insn)
4423 continue;
4425 /* IF INIT_INSN has a REG_EQUAL or REG_EQUIV note and the value
4426 is a constant, use the value of that. */
4427 if (((note = find_reg_note (bl->init_insn, REG_EQUAL, 0)) != NULL
4428 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
4429 || ((note = find_reg_note (bl->init_insn, REG_EQUIV, 0)) != NULL
4430 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note, 0))))
4431 src = XEXP (note, 0);
4432 else
4433 src = SET_SRC (bl->init_set);
4435 if (loop_dump_stream)
4436 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4437 "Biv %d: initialized at insn %d: initial value ",
4438 bl->regno, INSN_UID (bl->init_insn));
4440 if ((GET_MODE (src) == GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno])
4441 || GET_MODE (src) == VOIDmode)
4442 && valid_initial_value_p (src, bl->init_insn,
4443 LOOP_INFO (loop)->pre_header_has_call,
4444 loop->start))
4446 bl->initial_value = src;
4448 if (loop_dump_stream)
4450 print_simple_rtl (loop_dump_stream, src);
4451 fputc ('\n', loop_dump_stream);
4454 /* If we can't make it a giv,
4455 let biv keep initial value of "itself". */
4456 else if (loop_dump_stream)
4457 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "is complex\n");
4462 /* Search the loop for general induction variables. */
4464 static void
4465 loop_givs_find (loop)
4466 struct loop* loop;
4468 for_each_insn_in_loop (loop, check_insn_for_givs);
4472 /* For each giv for which we still don't know whether or not it is
4473 replaceable, check to see if it is replaceable because its final value
4474 can be calculated. */
4476 static void
4477 loop_givs_check (loop)
4478 struct loop *loop;
4480 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
4481 struct iv_class *bl;
4483 for (bl = ivs->list; bl; bl = bl->next)
4485 struct induction *v;
4487 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4488 if (! v->replaceable && ! v->not_replaceable)
4489 check_final_value (loop, v);
4494 /* Return non-zero if it is possible to eliminate the biv BL provided
4495 all givs are reduced. This is possible if either the reg is not
4496 used outside the loop, or we can compute what its final value will
4497 be. */
4499 static int
4500 loop_biv_eliminable_p (loop, bl, threshold, insn_count)
4501 struct loop *loop;
4502 struct iv_class *bl;
4503 int threshold;
4504 int insn_count;
4506 /* For architectures with a decrement_and_branch_until_zero insn,
4507 don't do this if we put a REG_NONNEG note on the endtest for this
4508 biv. */
4510 #ifdef HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero
4511 if (bl->nonneg)
4513 if (loop_dump_stream)
4514 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4515 "Cannot eliminate nonneg biv %d.\n", bl->regno);
4516 return 0;
4518 #endif
4520 /* Check that biv is used outside loop or if it has a final value.
4521 Compare against bl->init_insn rather than loop->start. We aren't
4522 concerned with any uses of the biv between init_insn and
4523 loop->start since these won't be affected by the value of the biv
4524 elsewhere in the function, so long as init_insn doesn't use the
4525 biv itself. */
4527 if ((REGNO_LAST_LUID (bl->regno) < INSN_LUID (loop->end)
4528 && bl->init_insn
4529 && INSN_UID (bl->init_insn) < max_uid_for_loop
4530 && REGNO_FIRST_LUID (bl->regno) >= INSN_LUID (bl->init_insn)
4531 && ! reg_mentioned_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, SET_SRC (bl->init_set)))
4532 || (bl->final_value = final_biv_value (loop, bl)))
4533 return maybe_eliminate_biv (loop, bl, 0, threshold, insn_count);
4535 if (loop_dump_stream)
4537 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4538 "Cannot eliminate biv %d.\n",
4539 bl->regno);
4540 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
4541 "First use: insn %d, last use: insn %d.\n",
4542 REGNO_FIRST_UID (bl->regno),
4543 REGNO_LAST_UID (bl->regno));
4545 return 0;
4549 /* Reduce each giv of BL that we have decided to reduce. */
4551 static void
4552 loop_givs_reduce (loop, bl)
4553 struct loop *loop;
4554 struct iv_class *bl;
4556 struct induction *v;
4558 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4560 struct induction *tv;
4561 if (! v->ignore && v->same == 0)
4563 int auto_inc_opt = 0;
4565 /* If the code for derived givs immediately below has already
4566 allocated a new_reg, we must keep it. */
4567 if (! v->new_reg)
4568 v->new_reg = gen_reg_rtx (v->mode);
4570 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
4571 /* If the target has auto-increment addressing modes, and
4572 this is an address giv, then try to put the increment
4573 immediately after its use, so that flow can create an
4574 auto-increment addressing mode. */
4575 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR && bl->biv_count == 1
4576 && bl->biv->always_executed && ! bl->biv->maybe_multiple
4577 /* We don't handle reversed biv's because bl->biv->insn
4578 does not have a valid INSN_LUID. */
4579 && ! bl->reversed
4580 && v->always_executed && ! v->maybe_multiple
4581 && INSN_UID (v->insn) < max_uid_for_loop)
4583 /* If other giv's have been combined with this one, then
4584 this will work only if all uses of the other giv's occur
4585 before this giv's insn. This is difficult to check.
4587 We simplify this by looking for the common case where
4588 there is one DEST_REG giv, and this giv's insn is the
4589 last use of the dest_reg of that DEST_REG giv. If the
4590 increment occurs after the address giv, then we can
4591 perform the optimization. (Otherwise, the increment
4592 would have to go before other_giv, and we would not be
4593 able to combine it with the address giv to get an
4594 auto-inc address.) */
4595 if (v->combined_with)
4597 struct induction *other_giv = 0;
4599 for (tv = bl->giv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
4600 if (tv->same == v)
4602 if (other_giv)
4603 break;
4604 else
4605 other_giv = tv;
4607 if (! tv && other_giv
4608 && REGNO (other_giv->dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
4609 && (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (other_giv->dest_reg))
4610 == INSN_UID (v->insn))
4611 && INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))
4612 auto_inc_opt = 1;
4614 /* Check for case where increment is before the address
4615 giv. Do this test in "loop order". */
4616 else if ((INSN_LUID (v->insn) > INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn)
4617 && (INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (loop->scan_start)
4618 || (INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn)
4619 > INSN_LUID (loop->scan_start))))
4620 || (INSN_LUID (v->insn) < INSN_LUID (loop->scan_start)
4621 && (INSN_LUID (loop->scan_start)
4622 < INSN_LUID (bl->biv->insn))))
4623 auto_inc_opt = -1;
4624 else
4625 auto_inc_opt = 1;
4627 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
4629 rtx prev;
4631 /* We can't put an insn immediately after one setting
4632 cc0, or immediately before one using cc0. */
4633 if ((auto_inc_opt == 1 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (v->insn)))
4634 || (auto_inc_opt == -1
4635 && (prev = prev_nonnote_insn (v->insn)) != 0
4636 && INSN_P (prev)
4637 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (prev))))
4638 auto_inc_opt = 0;
4640 #endif
4642 if (auto_inc_opt)
4643 v->auto_inc_opt = 1;
4645 #endif
4647 /* For each place where the biv is incremented, add an insn
4648 to increment the new, reduced reg for the giv. */
4649 for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
4651 rtx insert_before;
4653 if (! auto_inc_opt)
4654 insert_before = tv->insn;
4655 else if (auto_inc_opt == 1)
4656 insert_before = NEXT_INSN (v->insn);
4657 else
4658 insert_before = v->insn;
4660 if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
4661 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop, tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
4662 v->new_reg, v->new_reg,
4663 0, insert_before);
4664 else /* tv->mult_val == const0_rtx */
4665 /* A multiply is acceptable here
4666 since this is presumed to be seldom executed. */
4667 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop, tv->add_val, v->mult_val,
4668 v->add_val, v->new_reg,
4669 0, insert_before);
4672 /* Add code at loop start to initialize giv's reduced reg. */
4674 loop_iv_add_mult_hoist (loop,
4675 extend_value_for_giv (v, bl->initial_value),
4676 v->mult_val, v->add_val, v->new_reg);
4682 /* Check for givs whose first use is their definition and whose
4683 last use is the definition of another giv. If so, it is likely
4684 dead and should not be used to derive another giv nor to
4685 eliminate a biv. */
4687 static void
4688 loop_givs_dead_check (loop, bl)
4689 struct loop *loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4690 struct iv_class *bl;
4692 struct induction *v;
4694 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4696 if (v->ignore
4697 || (v->same && v->same->ignore))
4698 continue;
4700 if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG
4701 && REGNO_FIRST_UID (REGNO (v->dest_reg)) == INSN_UID (v->insn))
4703 struct induction *v1;
4705 for (v1 = bl->giv; v1; v1 = v1->next_iv)
4706 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (v->dest_reg)) == INSN_UID (v1->insn))
4707 v->maybe_dead = 1;
4713 static void
4714 loop_givs_rescan (loop, bl, reg_map)
4715 struct loop *loop;
4716 struct iv_class *bl;
4717 rtx *reg_map;
4719 struct induction *v;
4721 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
4723 if (v->same && v->same->ignore)
4724 v->ignore = 1;
4726 if (v->ignore)
4727 continue;
4729 /* Update expression if this was combined, in case other giv was
4730 replaced. */
4731 if (v->same)
4732 v->new_reg = replace_rtx (v->new_reg,
4733 v->same->dest_reg, v->same->new_reg);
4735 /* See if this register is known to be a pointer to something. If
4736 so, see if we can find the alignment. First see if there is a
4737 destination register that is a pointer. If so, this shares the
4738 alignment too. Next see if we can deduce anything from the
4739 computational information. If not, and this is a DEST_ADDR
4740 giv, at least we know that it's a pointer, though we don't know
4741 the alignment. */
4742 if (GET_CODE (v->new_reg) == REG
4743 && v->giv_type == DEST_REG
4744 && REG_POINTER (v->dest_reg))
4745 mark_reg_pointer (v->new_reg,
4746 REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (v->dest_reg)));
4747 else if (GET_CODE (v->new_reg) == REG
4748 && REG_POINTER (v->src_reg))
4750 unsigned int align = REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (v->src_reg));
4752 if (align == 0
4753 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) != CONST_INT
4754 || INTVAL (v->add_val) % (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) != 0)
4755 align = 0;
4757 mark_reg_pointer (v->new_reg, align);
4759 else if (GET_CODE (v->new_reg) == REG
4760 && GET_CODE (v->add_val) == REG
4761 && REG_POINTER (v->add_val))
4763 unsigned int align = REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (v->add_val));
4765 if (align == 0 || GET_CODE (v->mult_val) != CONST_INT
4766 || INTVAL (v->mult_val) % (align / BITS_PER_UNIT) != 0)
4767 align = 0;
4769 mark_reg_pointer (v->new_reg, align);
4771 else if (GET_CODE (v->new_reg) == REG && v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR)
4772 mark_reg_pointer (v->new_reg, 0);
4774 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR)
4775 /* Store reduced reg as the address in the memref where we found
4776 this giv. */
4777 validate_change (v->insn, v->location, v->new_reg, 0);
4778 else if (v->replaceable)
4780 reg_map[REGNO (v->dest_reg)] = v->new_reg;
4782 else
4784 /* Not replaceable; emit an insn to set the original giv reg from
4785 the reduced giv, same as above. */
4786 loop_insn_emit_after (loop, 0, v->insn,
4787 gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->new_reg));
4790 /* When a loop is reversed, givs which depend on the reversed
4791 biv, and which are live outside the loop, must be set to their
4792 correct final value. This insn is only needed if the giv is
4793 not replaceable. The correct final value is the same as the
4794 value that the giv starts the reversed loop with. */
4795 if (bl->reversed && ! v->replaceable)
4796 loop_iv_add_mult_sink (loop,
4797 extend_value_for_giv (v, bl->initial_value),
4798 v->mult_val, v->add_val, v->dest_reg);
4799 else if (v->final_value)
4800 loop_insn_sink_or_swim (loop,
4801 gen_move_insn (v->dest_reg, v->final_value));
4803 if (loop_dump_stream)
4805 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "giv at %d reduced to ",
4806 INSN_UID (v->insn));
4807 print_simple_rtl (loop_dump_stream, v->new_reg);
4808 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
4814 static int
4815 loop_giv_reduce_benefit (loop, bl, v, test_reg)
4816 struct loop *loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4817 struct iv_class *bl;
4818 struct induction *v;
4819 rtx test_reg;
4821 int add_cost;
4822 int benefit;
4824 benefit = v->benefit;
4825 PUT_MODE (test_reg, v->mode);
4826 add_cost = iv_add_mult_cost (bl->biv->add_val, v->mult_val,
4827 test_reg, test_reg);
4829 /* Reduce benefit if not replaceable, since we will insert a
4830 move-insn to replace the insn that calculates this giv. Don't do
4831 this unless the giv is a user variable, since it will often be
4832 marked non-replaceable because of the duplication of the exit
4833 code outside the loop. In such a case, the copies we insert are
4834 dead and will be deleted. So they don't have a cost. Similar
4835 situations exist. */
4836 /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job of
4837 finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no longer be
4838 necessary. */
4839 if (! v->replaceable && ! bl->eliminable
4840 && REG_USERVAR_P (v->dest_reg))
4841 benefit -= copy_cost;
4843 /* Decrease the benefit to count the add-insns that we will insert
4844 to increment the reduced reg for the giv. ??? This can
4845 overestimate the run-time cost of the additional insns, e.g. if
4846 there are multiple basic blocks that increment the biv, but only
4847 one of these blocks is executed during each iteration. There is
4848 no good way to detect cases like this with the current structure
4849 of the loop optimizer. This code is more accurate for
4850 determining code size than run-time benefits. */
4851 benefit -= add_cost * bl->biv_count;
4853 /* Decide whether to strength-reduce this giv or to leave the code
4854 unchanged (recompute it from the biv each time it is used). This
4855 decision can be made independently for each giv. */
4857 #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
4858 /* Attempt to guess whether autoincrement will handle some of the
4859 new add insns; if so, increase BENEFIT (undo the subtraction of
4860 add_cost that was done above). */
4861 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR
4862 /* Increasing the benefit is risky, since this is only a guess.
4863 Avoid increasing register pressure in cases where there would
4864 be no other benefit from reducing this giv. */
4865 && benefit > 0
4866 && GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT)
4868 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (v->mem));
4870 if (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4871 && INTVAL (v->mult_val) == size)
4872 benefit += add_cost * bl->biv_count;
4873 else if (HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4874 && INTVAL (v->mult_val) == size)
4875 benefit += add_cost * bl->biv_count;
4876 else if (HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4877 && -INTVAL (v->mult_val) == size)
4878 benefit += add_cost * bl->biv_count;
4879 else if (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4880 && -INTVAL (v->mult_val) == size)
4881 benefit += add_cost * bl->biv_count;
4883 #endif
4885 return benefit;
4889 /* Free IV structures for LOOP. */
4891 static void
4892 loop_ivs_free (loop)
4893 struct loop *loop;
4895 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
4896 struct iv_class *iv = ivs->list;
4898 free (ivs->regs);
4900 while (iv)
4902 struct iv_class *next = iv->next;
4903 struct induction *induction;
4904 struct induction *next_induction;
4906 for (induction = iv->biv; induction; induction = next_induction)
4908 next_induction = induction->next_iv;
4909 free (induction);
4911 for (induction = iv->giv; induction; induction = next_induction)
4913 next_induction = induction->next_iv;
4914 free (induction);
4917 free (iv);
4918 iv = next;
4923 /* Perform strength reduction and induction variable elimination.
4925 Pseudo registers created during this function will be beyond the
4926 last valid index in several tables including
4927 REGS->ARRAY[I].N_TIMES_SET and REGNO_LAST_UID. This does not cause a
4928 problem here, because the added registers cannot be givs outside of
4929 their loop, and hence will never be reconsidered. But scan_loop
4930 must check regnos to make sure they are in bounds. */
4932 static void
4933 strength_reduce (loop, flags)
4934 struct loop *loop;
4935 int flags;
4937 struct loop_info *loop_info = LOOP_INFO (loop);
4938 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
4939 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
4940 rtx p;
4941 /* Temporary list pointer for traversing ivs->list. */
4942 struct iv_class *bl;
4943 /* Ratio of extra register life span we can justify
4944 for saving an instruction. More if loop doesn't call subroutines
4945 since in that case saving an insn makes more difference
4946 and more registers are available. */
4947 /* ??? could set this to last value of threshold in move_movables */
4948 int threshold = (loop_info->has_call ? 1 : 2) * (3 + n_non_fixed_regs);
4949 /* Map of pseudo-register replacements. */
4950 rtx *reg_map = NULL;
4951 int reg_map_size;
4952 int unrolled_insn_copies = 0;
4953 rtx test_reg = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1);
4954 int insn_count = count_insns_in_loop (loop);
4956 addr_placeholder = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
4958 ivs->n_regs = max_reg_before_loop;
4959 ivs->regs = (struct iv *) xcalloc (ivs->n_regs, sizeof (struct iv));
4961 /* Find all BIVs in loop. */
4962 loop_bivs_find (loop);
4964 /* Exit if there are no bivs. */
4965 if (! ivs->list)
4967 /* Can still unroll the loop anyways, but indicate that there is no
4968 strength reduction info available. */
4969 if (flags & LOOP_UNROLL)
4970 unroll_loop (loop, insn_count, 0);
4972 loop_ivs_free (loop);
4973 return;
4976 /* Determine how BIVS are initialised by looking through pre-header
4977 extended basic block. */
4978 loop_bivs_init_find (loop);
4980 /* Look at the each biv and see if we can say anything better about its
4981 initial value from any initializing insns set up above. */
4982 loop_bivs_check (loop);
4984 /* Search the loop for general induction variables. */
4985 loop_givs_find (loop);
4987 /* Try to calculate and save the number of loop iterations. This is
4988 set to zero if the actual number can not be calculated. This must
4989 be called after all giv's have been identified, since otherwise it may
4990 fail if the iteration variable is a giv. */
4991 loop_iterations (loop);
4993 #ifdef HAVE_prefetch
4994 if (flags & LOOP_PREFETCH)
4995 emit_prefetch_instructions (loop);
4996 #endif
4998 /* Now for each giv for which we still don't know whether or not it is
4999 replaceable, check to see if it is replaceable because its final value
5000 can be calculated. This must be done after loop_iterations is called,
5001 so that final_giv_value will work correctly. */
5002 loop_givs_check (loop);
5004 /* Try to prove that the loop counter variable (if any) is always
5005 nonnegative; if so, record that fact with a REG_NONNEG note
5006 so that "decrement and branch until zero" insn can be used. */
5007 check_dbra_loop (loop, insn_count);
5009 /* Create reg_map to hold substitutions for replaceable giv regs.
5010 Some givs might have been made from biv increments, so look at
5011 ivs->reg_iv_type for a suitable size. */
5012 reg_map_size = ivs->n_regs;
5013 reg_map = (rtx *) xcalloc (reg_map_size, sizeof (rtx));
5015 /* Examine each iv class for feasibility of strength reduction/induction
5016 variable elimination. */
5018 for (bl = ivs->list; bl; bl = bl->next)
5020 struct induction *v;
5021 int benefit;
5023 /* Test whether it will be possible to eliminate this biv
5024 provided all givs are reduced. */
5025 bl->eliminable = loop_biv_eliminable_p (loop, bl, threshold, insn_count);
5027 /* This will be true at the end, if all givs which depend on this
5028 biv have been strength reduced.
5029 We can't (currently) eliminate the biv unless this is so. */
5030 bl->all_reduced = 1;
5032 /* Check each extension dependent giv in this class to see if its
5033 root biv is safe from wrapping in the interior mode. */
5034 check_ext_dependent_givs (bl, loop_info);
5036 /* Combine all giv's for this iv_class. */
5037 combine_givs (regs, bl);
5039 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
5041 struct induction *tv;
5043 if (v->ignore || v->same)
5044 continue;
5046 benefit = loop_giv_reduce_benefit (loop, bl, v, test_reg);
5048 /* If an insn is not to be strength reduced, then set its ignore
5049 flag, and clear bl->all_reduced. */
5051 /* A giv that depends on a reversed biv must be reduced if it is
5052 used after the loop exit, otherwise, it would have the wrong
5053 value after the loop exit. To make it simple, just reduce all
5054 of such giv's whether or not we know they are used after the loop
5055 exit. */
5057 if (! flag_reduce_all_givs
5058 && v->lifetime * threshold * benefit < insn_count
5059 && ! bl->reversed)
5061 if (loop_dump_stream)
5062 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
5063 "giv of insn %d not worth while, %d vs %d.\n",
5064 INSN_UID (v->insn),
5065 v->lifetime * threshold * benefit, insn_count);
5066 v->ignore = 1;
5067 bl->all_reduced = 0;
5069 else
5071 /* Check that we can increment the reduced giv without a
5072 multiply insn. If not, reject it. */
5074 for (tv = bl->biv; tv; tv = tv->next_iv)
5075 if (tv->mult_val == const1_rtx
5076 && ! product_cheap_p (tv->add_val, v->mult_val))
5078 if (loop_dump_stream)
5079 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
5080 "giv of insn %d: would need a multiply.\n",
5081 INSN_UID (v->insn));
5082 v->ignore = 1;
5083 bl->all_reduced = 0;
5084 break;
5089 /* Check for givs whose first use is their definition and whose
5090 last use is the definition of another giv. If so, it is likely
5091 dead and should not be used to derive another giv nor to
5092 eliminate a biv. */
5093 loop_givs_dead_check (loop, bl);
5095 /* Reduce each giv that we decided to reduce. */
5096 loop_givs_reduce (loop, bl);
5098 /* Rescan all givs. If a giv is the same as a giv not reduced, mark it
5099 as not reduced.
5101 For each giv register that can be reduced now: if replaceable,
5102 substitute reduced reg wherever the old giv occurs;
5103 else add new move insn "giv_reg = reduced_reg". */
5104 loop_givs_rescan (loop, bl, reg_map);
5106 /* All the givs based on the biv bl have been reduced if they
5107 merit it. */
5109 /* For each giv not marked as maybe dead that has been combined with a
5110 second giv, clear any "maybe dead" mark on that second giv.
5111 v->new_reg will either be or refer to the register of the giv it
5112 combined with.
5114 Doing this clearing avoids problems in biv elimination where
5115 a giv's new_reg is a complex value that can't be put in the
5116 insn but the giv combined with (with a reg as new_reg) is
5117 marked maybe_dead. Since the register will be used in either
5118 case, we'd prefer it be used from the simpler giv. */
5120 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
5121 if (! v->maybe_dead && v->same)
5122 v->same->maybe_dead = 0;
5124 /* Try to eliminate the biv, if it is a candidate.
5125 This won't work if ! bl->all_reduced,
5126 since the givs we planned to use might not have been reduced.
5128 We have to be careful that we didn't initially think we could
5129 eliminate this biv because of a giv that we now think may be
5130 dead and shouldn't be used as a biv replacement.
5132 Also, there is the possibility that we may have a giv that looks
5133 like it can be used to eliminate a biv, but the resulting insn
5134 isn't valid. This can happen, for example, on the 88k, where a
5135 JUMP_INSN can compare a register only with zero. Attempts to
5136 replace it with a compare with a constant will fail.
5138 Note that in cases where this call fails, we may have replaced some
5139 of the occurrences of the biv with a giv, but no harm was done in
5140 doing so in the rare cases where it can occur. */
5142 if (bl->all_reduced == 1 && bl->eliminable
5143 && maybe_eliminate_biv (loop, bl, 1, threshold, insn_count))
5145 /* ?? If we created a new test to bypass the loop entirely,
5146 or otherwise drop straight in, based on this test, then
5147 we might want to rewrite it also. This way some later
5148 pass has more hope of removing the initialization of this
5149 biv entirely. */
5151 /* If final_value != 0, then the biv may be used after loop end
5152 and we must emit an insn to set it just in case.
5154 Reversed bivs already have an insn after the loop setting their
5155 value, so we don't need another one. We can't calculate the
5156 proper final value for such a biv here anyways. */
5157 if (bl->final_value && ! bl->reversed)
5158 loop_insn_sink_or_swim (loop, gen_move_insn
5159 (bl->biv->dest_reg, bl->final_value));
5161 if (loop_dump_stream)
5162 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reg %d: biv eliminated\n",
5163 bl->regno);
5165 /* See above note wrt final_value. But since we couldn't eliminate
5166 the biv, we must set the value after the loop instead of before. */
5167 else if (bl->final_value && ! bl->reversed)
5168 loop_insn_sink (loop, gen_move_insn (bl->biv->dest_reg,
5169 bl->final_value));
5172 /* Go through all the instructions in the loop, making all the
5173 register substitutions scheduled in REG_MAP. */
5175 for (p = loop->start; p != loop->end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
5176 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
5177 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
5179 replace_regs (PATTERN (p), reg_map, reg_map_size, 0);
5180 replace_regs (REG_NOTES (p), reg_map, reg_map_size, 0);
5181 INSN_CODE (p) = -1;
5184 if (loop_info->n_iterations > 0)
5186 /* When we completely unroll a loop we will likely not need the increment
5187 of the loop BIV and we will not need the conditional branch at the
5188 end of the loop. */
5189 unrolled_insn_copies = insn_count - 2;
5191 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
5192 /* When we completely unroll a loop on a HAVE_cc0 machine we will not
5193 need the comparison before the conditional branch at the end of the
5194 loop. */
5195 unrolled_insn_copies -= 1;
5196 #endif
5198 /* We'll need one copy for each loop iteration. */
5199 unrolled_insn_copies *= loop_info->n_iterations;
5201 /* A little slop to account for the ability to remove initialization
5202 code, better CSE, and other secondary benefits of completely
5203 unrolling some loops. */
5204 unrolled_insn_copies -= 1;
5206 /* Clamp the value. */
5207 if (unrolled_insn_copies < 0)
5208 unrolled_insn_copies = 0;
5211 /* Unroll loops from within strength reduction so that we can use the
5212 induction variable information that strength_reduce has already
5213 collected. Always unroll loops that would be as small or smaller
5214 unrolled than when rolled. */
5215 if ((flags & LOOP_UNROLL)
5216 || (loop_info->n_iterations > 0
5217 && unrolled_insn_copies <= insn_count))
5218 unroll_loop (loop, insn_count, 1);
5220 #ifdef HAVE_doloop_end
5221 if (HAVE_doloop_end && (flags & LOOP_BCT) && flag_branch_on_count_reg)
5222 doloop_optimize (loop);
5223 #endif /* HAVE_doloop_end */
5225 /* In case number of iterations is known, drop branch prediction note
5226 in the branch. Do that only in second loop pass, as loop unrolling
5227 may change the number of iterations performed. */
5228 if (flags & LOOP_BCT)
5230 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT n
5231 = loop_info->n_iterations / loop_info->unroll_number;
5232 if (n > 1)
5233 predict_insn (PREV_INSN (loop->end), PRED_LOOP_ITERATIONS,
5234 REG_BR_PROB_BASE - REG_BR_PROB_BASE / n);
5237 if (loop_dump_stream)
5238 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
5240 loop_ivs_free (loop);
5241 if (reg_map)
5242 free (reg_map);
5245 /*Record all basic induction variables calculated in the insn. */
5246 static rtx
5247 check_insn_for_bivs (loop, p, not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple)
5248 struct loop *loop;
5249 rtx p;
5250 int not_every_iteration;
5251 int maybe_multiple;
5253 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
5254 rtx set;
5255 rtx dest_reg;
5256 rtx inc_val;
5257 rtx mult_val;
5258 rtx *location;
5260 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
5261 && (set = single_set (p))
5262 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
5264 dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
5265 if (REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
5266 && REGNO (dest_reg) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5267 && REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) != NOT_BASIC_INDUCT)
5269 if (basic_induction_var (loop, SET_SRC (set),
5270 GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set)),
5271 dest_reg, p, &inc_val, &mult_val,
5272 &location))
5274 /* It is a possible basic induction variable.
5275 Create and initialize an induction structure for it. */
5277 struct induction *v
5278 = (struct induction *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct induction));
5280 record_biv (loop, v, p, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val, location,
5281 not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple);
5282 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = BASIC_INDUCT;
5284 else if (REGNO (dest_reg) < ivs->n_regs)
5285 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = NOT_BASIC_INDUCT;
5288 return p;
5291 /* Record all givs calculated in the insn.
5292 A register is a giv if: it is only set once, it is a function of a
5293 biv and a constant (or invariant), and it is not a biv. */
5294 static rtx
5295 check_insn_for_givs (loop, p, not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple)
5296 struct loop *loop;
5297 rtx p;
5298 int not_every_iteration;
5299 int maybe_multiple;
5301 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
5303 rtx set;
5304 /* Look for a general induction variable in a register. */
5305 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
5306 && (set = single_set (p))
5307 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
5308 && ! regs->array[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))].may_not_optimize)
5310 rtx src_reg;
5311 rtx dest_reg;
5312 rtx add_val;
5313 rtx mult_val;
5314 rtx ext_val;
5315 int benefit;
5316 rtx regnote = 0;
5317 rtx last_consec_insn;
5319 dest_reg = SET_DEST (set);
5320 if (REGNO (dest_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
5321 return p;
5323 if (/* SET_SRC is a giv. */
5324 (general_induction_var (loop, SET_SRC (set), &src_reg, &add_val,
5325 &mult_val, &ext_val, 0, &benefit, VOIDmode)
5326 /* Equivalent expression is a giv. */
5327 || ((regnote = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
5328 && general_induction_var (loop, XEXP (regnote, 0), &src_reg,
5329 &add_val, &mult_val, &ext_val, 0,
5330 &benefit, VOIDmode)))
5331 /* Don't try to handle any regs made by loop optimization.
5332 We have nothing on them in regno_first_uid, etc. */
5333 && REGNO (dest_reg) < max_reg_before_loop
5334 /* Don't recognize a BASIC_INDUCT_VAR here. */
5335 && dest_reg != src_reg
5336 /* This must be the only place where the register is set. */
5337 && (regs->array[REGNO (dest_reg)].n_times_set == 1
5338 /* or all sets must be consecutive and make a giv. */
5339 || (benefit = consec_sets_giv (loop, benefit, p,
5340 src_reg, dest_reg,
5341 &add_val, &mult_val, &ext_val,
5342 &last_consec_insn))))
5344 struct induction *v
5345 = (struct induction *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct induction));
5347 /* If this is a library call, increase benefit. */
5348 if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
5349 benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
5351 /* Skip the consecutive insns, if there are any. */
5352 if (regs->array[REGNO (dest_reg)].n_times_set != 1)
5353 p = last_consec_insn;
5355 record_giv (loop, v, p, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val,
5356 ext_val, benefit, DEST_REG, not_every_iteration,
5357 maybe_multiple, (rtx*) 0);
5362 #ifndef DONT_REDUCE_ADDR
5363 /* Look for givs which are memory addresses. */
5364 /* This resulted in worse code on a VAX 8600. I wonder if it
5365 still does. */
5366 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN)
5367 find_mem_givs (loop, PATTERN (p), p, not_every_iteration,
5368 maybe_multiple);
5369 #endif
5371 /* Update the status of whether giv can derive other givs. This can
5372 change when we pass a label or an insn that updates a biv. */
5373 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
5374 || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
5375 update_giv_derive (loop, p);
5376 return p;
5379 /* Return 1 if X is a valid source for an initial value (or as value being
5380 compared against in an initial test).
5382 X must be either a register or constant and must not be clobbered between
5383 the current insn and the start of the loop.
5385 INSN is the insn containing X. */
5387 static int
5388 valid_initial_value_p (x, insn, call_seen, loop_start)
5389 rtx x;
5390 rtx insn;
5391 int call_seen;
5392 rtx loop_start;
5394 if (CONSTANT_P (x))
5395 return 1;
5397 /* Only consider pseudos we know about initialized in insns whose luids
5398 we know. */
5399 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG
5400 || REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
5401 return 0;
5403 /* Don't use call-clobbered registers across a call which clobbers it. On
5404 some machines, don't use any hard registers at all. */
5405 if (REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
5406 && (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
5407 || (call_used_regs[REGNO (x)] && call_seen)))
5408 return 0;
5410 /* Don't use registers that have been clobbered before the start of the
5411 loop. */
5412 if (reg_set_between_p (x, insn, loop_start))
5413 return 0;
5415 return 1;
5418 /* Scan X for memory refs and check each memory address
5419 as a possible giv. INSN is the insn whose pattern X comes from.
5420 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is 1 if the insn might not be executed during
5421 every loop iteration. MAYBE_MULTIPLE is 1 if the insn might be executed
5422 more thanonce in each loop iteration. */
5424 static void
5425 find_mem_givs (loop, x, insn, not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple)
5426 const struct loop *loop;
5427 rtx x;
5428 rtx insn;
5429 int not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple;
5431 int i, j;
5432 enum rtx_code code;
5433 const char *fmt;
5435 if (x == 0)
5436 return;
5438 code = GET_CODE (x);
5439 switch (code)
5441 case REG:
5442 case CONST_INT:
5443 case CONST:
5444 case CONST_DOUBLE:
5445 case SYMBOL_REF:
5446 case LABEL_REF:
5447 case PC:
5448 case CC0:
5449 case ADDR_VEC:
5450 case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
5451 case USE:
5452 case CLOBBER:
5453 return;
5455 case MEM:
5457 rtx src_reg;
5458 rtx add_val;
5459 rtx mult_val;
5460 rtx ext_val;
5461 int benefit;
5463 /* This code used to disable creating GIVs with mult_val == 1 and
5464 add_val == 0. However, this leads to lost optimizations when
5465 it comes time to combine a set of related DEST_ADDR GIVs, since
5466 this one would not be seen. */
5468 if (general_induction_var (loop, XEXP (x, 0), &src_reg, &add_val,
5469 &mult_val, &ext_val, 1, &benefit,
5470 GET_MODE (x)))
5472 /* Found one; record it. */
5473 struct induction *v
5474 = (struct induction *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct induction));
5476 record_giv (loop, v, insn, src_reg, addr_placeholder, mult_val,
5477 add_val, ext_val, benefit, DEST_ADDR,
5478 not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple, &XEXP (x, 0));
5480 v->mem = x;
5483 return;
5485 default:
5486 break;
5489 /* Recursively scan the subexpressions for other mem refs. */
5491 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
5492 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
5493 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
5494 find_mem_givs (loop, XEXP (x, i), insn, not_every_iteration,
5495 maybe_multiple);
5496 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
5497 for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
5498 find_mem_givs (loop, XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, not_every_iteration,
5499 maybe_multiple);
5502 /* Fill in the data about one biv update.
5503 V is the `struct induction' in which we record the biv. (It is
5504 allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
5505 INSN is the insn that sets it.
5506 DEST_REG is the biv's reg.
5508 MULT_VAL is const1_rtx if the biv is being incremented here, in which case
5509 INC_VAL is the increment. Otherwise, MULT_VAL is const0_rtx and the biv is
5510 being set to INC_VAL.
5512 NOT_EVERY_ITERATION is nonzero if this biv update is not know to be
5513 executed every iteration; MAYBE_MULTIPLE is nonzero if this biv update
5514 can be executed more than once per iteration. If MAYBE_MULTIPLE
5515 and NOT_EVERY_ITERATION are both zero, we know that the biv update is
5516 executed exactly once per iteration. */
5518 static void
5519 record_biv (loop, v, insn, dest_reg, inc_val, mult_val, location,
5520 not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple)
5521 struct loop *loop;
5522 struct induction *v;
5523 rtx insn;
5524 rtx dest_reg;
5525 rtx inc_val;
5526 rtx mult_val;
5527 rtx *location;
5528 int not_every_iteration;
5529 int maybe_multiple;
5531 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
5532 struct iv_class *bl;
5534 v->insn = insn;
5535 v->src_reg = dest_reg;
5536 v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
5537 v->mult_val = mult_val;
5538 v->add_val = inc_val;
5539 v->ext_dependent = NULL_RTX;
5540 v->location = location;
5541 v->mode = GET_MODE (dest_reg);
5542 v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
5543 v->always_executed = ! not_every_iteration;
5544 v->maybe_multiple = maybe_multiple;
5546 /* Add this to the reg's iv_class, creating a class
5547 if this is the first incrementation of the reg. */
5549 bl = REG_IV_CLASS (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg));
5550 if (bl == 0)
5552 /* Create and initialize new iv_class. */
5554 bl = (struct iv_class *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct iv_class));
5556 bl->regno = REGNO (dest_reg);
5557 bl->biv = 0;
5558 bl->giv = 0;
5559 bl->biv_count = 0;
5560 bl->giv_count = 0;
5562 /* Set initial value to the reg itself. */
5563 bl->initial_value = dest_reg;
5564 bl->final_value = 0;
5565 /* We haven't seen the initializing insn yet */
5566 bl->init_insn = 0;
5567 bl->init_set = 0;
5568 bl->initial_test = 0;
5569 bl->incremented = 0;
5570 bl->eliminable = 0;
5571 bl->nonneg = 0;
5572 bl->reversed = 0;
5573 bl->total_benefit = 0;
5575 /* Add this class to ivs->list. */
5576 bl->next = ivs->list;
5577 ivs->list = bl;
5579 /* Put it in the array of biv register classes. */
5580 REG_IV_CLASS (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = bl;
5583 /* Update IV_CLASS entry for this biv. */
5584 v->next_iv = bl->biv;
5585 bl->biv = v;
5586 bl->biv_count++;
5587 if (mult_val == const1_rtx)
5588 bl->incremented = 1;
5590 if (loop_dump_stream)
5591 loop_biv_dump (v, loop_dump_stream, 0);
5594 /* Fill in the data about one giv.
5595 V is the `struct induction' in which we record the giv. (It is
5596 allocated by the caller, with alloca.)
5597 INSN is the insn that sets it.
5598 BENEFIT estimates the savings from deleting this insn.
5599 TYPE is DEST_REG or DEST_ADDR; it says whether the giv is computed
5600 into a register or is used as a memory address.
5602 SRC_REG is the biv reg which the giv is computed from.
5603 DEST_REG is the giv's reg (if the giv is stored in a reg).
5604 MULT_VAL and ADD_VAL are the coefficients used to compute the giv.
5605 LOCATION points to the place where this giv's value appears in INSN. */
5607 static void
5608 record_giv (loop, v, insn, src_reg, dest_reg, mult_val, add_val, ext_val,
5609 benefit, type, not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple, location)
5610 const struct loop *loop;
5611 struct induction *v;
5612 rtx insn;
5613 rtx src_reg;
5614 rtx dest_reg;
5615 rtx mult_val, add_val, ext_val;
5616 int benefit;
5617 enum g_types type;
5618 int not_every_iteration, maybe_multiple;
5619 rtx *location;
5621 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
5622 struct induction *b;
5623 struct iv_class *bl;
5624 rtx set = single_set (insn);
5625 rtx temp;
5627 /* Attempt to prove constantness of the values. Don't let simplity_rtx
5628 undo the MULT canonicalization that we performed earlier. */
5629 temp = simplify_rtx (add_val);
5630 if (temp
5631 && ! (GET_CODE (add_val) == MULT
5632 && GET_CODE (temp) == ASHIFT))
5633 add_val = temp;
5635 v->insn = insn;
5636 v->src_reg = src_reg;
5637 v->giv_type = type;
5638 v->dest_reg = dest_reg;
5639 v->mult_val = mult_val;
5640 v->add_val = add_val;
5641 v->ext_dependent = ext_val;
5642 v->benefit = benefit;
5643 v->location = location;
5644 v->cant_derive = 0;
5645 v->combined_with = 0;
5646 v->maybe_multiple = maybe_multiple;
5647 v->maybe_dead = 0;
5648 v->derive_adjustment = 0;
5649 v->same = 0;
5650 v->ignore = 0;
5651 v->new_reg = 0;
5652 v->final_value = 0;
5653 v->same_insn = 0;
5654 v->auto_inc_opt = 0;
5655 v->unrolled = 0;
5656 v->shared = 0;
5658 /* The v->always_computable field is used in update_giv_derive, to
5659 determine whether a giv can be used to derive another giv. For a
5660 DEST_REG giv, INSN computes a new value for the giv, so its value
5661 isn't computable if INSN insn't executed every iteration.
5662 However, for a DEST_ADDR giv, INSN merely uses the value of the giv;
5663 it does not compute a new value. Hence the value is always computable
5664 regardless of whether INSN is executed each iteration. */
5666 if (type == DEST_ADDR)
5667 v->always_computable = 1;
5668 else
5669 v->always_computable = ! not_every_iteration;
5671 v->always_executed = ! not_every_iteration;
5673 if (type == DEST_ADDR)
5675 v->mode = GET_MODE (*location);
5676 v->lifetime = 1;
5678 else /* type == DEST_REG */
5680 v->mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set));
5682 v->lifetime = LOOP_REG_LIFETIME (loop, REGNO (dest_reg));
5684 /* If the lifetime is zero, it means that this register is
5685 really a dead store. So mark this as a giv that can be
5686 ignored. This will not prevent the biv from being eliminated. */
5687 if (v->lifetime == 0)
5688 v->ignore = 1;
5690 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = GENERAL_INDUCT;
5691 REG_IV_INFO (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = v;
5694 /* Add the giv to the class of givs computed from one biv. */
5696 bl = REG_IV_CLASS (ivs, REGNO (src_reg));
5697 if (bl)
5699 v->next_iv = bl->giv;
5700 bl->giv = v;
5701 /* Don't count DEST_ADDR. This is supposed to count the number of
5702 insns that calculate givs. */
5703 if (type == DEST_REG)
5704 bl->giv_count++;
5705 bl->total_benefit += benefit;
5707 else
5708 /* Fatal error, biv missing for this giv? */
5709 abort ();
5711 if (type == DEST_ADDR)
5712 v->replaceable = 1;
5713 else
5715 /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
5716 of the following conditions are true:
5717 - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
5718 on which the giv is used at all
5719 (there are two ways to deduce this:
5720 either the insn is executed on every iteration,
5721 or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
5722 - the giv is not used outside the loop
5723 - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime. */
5725 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (REGNO (dest_reg)) == INSN_UID (insn)
5726 /* Previous line always fails if INSN was moved by loop opt. */
5727 && REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO (dest_reg))
5728 < INSN_LUID (loop->end)
5729 && (! not_every_iteration
5730 || last_use_this_basic_block (dest_reg, insn)))
5732 /* Now check that there are no assignments to the biv within the
5733 giv's lifetime. This requires two separate checks. */
5735 /* Check each biv update, and fail if any are between the first
5736 and last use of the giv.
5738 If this loop contains an inner loop that was unrolled, then
5739 the insn modifying the biv may have been emitted by the loop
5740 unrolling code, and hence does not have a valid luid. Just
5741 mark the biv as not replaceable in this case. It is not very
5742 useful as a biv, because it is used in two different loops.
5743 It is very unlikely that we would be able to optimize the giv
5744 using this biv anyways. */
5746 v->replaceable = 1;
5747 for (b = bl->biv; b; b = b->next_iv)
5749 if (INSN_UID (b->insn) >= max_uid_for_loop
5750 || ((INSN_LUID (b->insn)
5751 >= REGNO_FIRST_LUID (REGNO (dest_reg)))
5752 && (INSN_LUID (b->insn)
5753 <= REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO (dest_reg)))))
5755 v->replaceable = 0;
5756 v->not_replaceable = 1;
5757 break;
5761 /* If there are any backwards branches that go from after the
5762 biv update to before it, then this giv is not replaceable. */
5763 if (v->replaceable)
5764 for (b = bl->biv; b; b = b->next_iv)
5765 if (back_branch_in_range_p (loop, b->insn))
5767 v->replaceable = 0;
5768 v->not_replaceable = 1;
5769 break;
5772 else
5774 /* May still be replaceable, we don't have enough info here to
5775 decide. */
5776 v->replaceable = 0;
5777 v->not_replaceable = 0;
5781 /* Record whether the add_val contains a const_int, for later use by
5782 combine_givs. */
5784 rtx tem = add_val;
5786 v->no_const_addval = 1;
5787 if (tem == const0_rtx)
5789 else if (CONSTANT_P (add_val))
5790 v->no_const_addval = 0;
5791 if (GET_CODE (tem) == PLUS)
5793 while (1)
5795 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS)
5796 tem = XEXP (tem, 0);
5797 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 1)) == PLUS)
5798 tem = XEXP (tem, 1);
5799 else
5800 break;
5802 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (tem, 1)))
5803 v->no_const_addval = 0;
5807 if (loop_dump_stream)
5808 loop_giv_dump (v, loop_dump_stream, 0);
5811 /* All this does is determine whether a giv can be made replaceable because
5812 its final value can be calculated. This code can not be part of record_giv
5813 above, because final_giv_value requires that the number of loop iterations
5814 be known, and that can not be accurately calculated until after all givs
5815 have been identified. */
5817 static void
5818 check_final_value (loop, v)
5819 const struct loop *loop;
5820 struct induction *v;
5822 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
5823 struct iv_class *bl;
5824 rtx final_value = 0;
5826 bl = REG_IV_CLASS (ivs, REGNO (v->src_reg));
5828 /* DEST_ADDR givs will never reach here, because they are always marked
5829 replaceable above in record_giv. */
5831 /* The giv can be replaced outright by the reduced register only if all
5832 of the following conditions are true:
5833 - the insn that sets the giv is always executed on any iteration
5834 on which the giv is used at all
5835 (there are two ways to deduce this:
5836 either the insn is executed on every iteration,
5837 or all uses follow that insn in the same basic block),
5838 - its final value can be calculated (this condition is different
5839 than the one above in record_giv)
5840 - it's not used before the it's set
5841 - no assignments to the biv occur during the giv's lifetime. */
5843 #if 0
5844 /* This is only called now when replaceable is known to be false. */
5845 /* Clear replaceable, so that it won't confuse final_giv_value. */
5846 v->replaceable = 0;
5847 #endif
5849 if ((final_value = final_giv_value (loop, v))
5850 && (v->always_computable || last_use_this_basic_block (v->dest_reg, v->insn)))
5852 int biv_increment_seen = 0, before_giv_insn = 0;
5853 rtx p = v->insn;
5854 rtx last_giv_use;
5856 v->replaceable = 1;
5858 /* When trying to determine whether or not a biv increment occurs
5859 during the lifetime of the giv, we can ignore uses of the variable
5860 outside the loop because final_value is true. Hence we can not
5861 use regno_last_uid and regno_first_uid as above in record_giv. */
5863 /* Search the loop to determine whether any assignments to the
5864 biv occur during the giv's lifetime. Start with the insn
5865 that sets the giv, and search around the loop until we come
5866 back to that insn again.
5868 Also fail if there is a jump within the giv's lifetime that jumps
5869 to somewhere outside the lifetime but still within the loop. This
5870 catches spaghetti code where the execution order is not linear, and
5871 hence the above test fails. Here we assume that the giv lifetime
5872 does not extend from one iteration of the loop to the next, so as
5873 to make the test easier. Since the lifetime isn't known yet,
5874 this requires two loops. See also record_giv above. */
5876 last_giv_use = v->insn;
5878 while (1)
5880 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
5881 if (p == loop->end)
5883 before_giv_insn = 1;
5884 p = NEXT_INSN (loop->start);
5886 if (p == v->insn)
5887 break;
5889 if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
5890 || GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN)
5892 /* It is possible for the BIV increment to use the GIV if we
5893 have a cycle. Thus we must be sure to check each insn for
5894 both BIV and GIV uses, and we must check for BIV uses
5895 first. */
5897 if (! biv_increment_seen
5898 && reg_set_p (v->src_reg, PATTERN (p)))
5899 biv_increment_seen = 1;
5901 if (reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg, PATTERN (p)))
5903 if (biv_increment_seen || before_giv_insn)
5905 v->replaceable = 0;
5906 v->not_replaceable = 1;
5907 break;
5909 last_giv_use = p;
5914 /* Now that the lifetime of the giv is known, check for branches
5915 from within the lifetime to outside the lifetime if it is still
5916 replaceable. */
5918 if (v->replaceable)
5920 p = v->insn;
5921 while (1)
5923 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
5924 if (p == loop->end)
5925 p = NEXT_INSN (loop->start);
5926 if (p == last_giv_use)
5927 break;
5929 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p)
5930 && LABEL_NAME (JUMP_LABEL (p))
5931 && ((loop_insn_first_p (JUMP_LABEL (p), v->insn)
5932 && loop_insn_first_p (loop->start, JUMP_LABEL (p)))
5933 || (loop_insn_first_p (last_giv_use, JUMP_LABEL (p))
5934 && loop_insn_first_p (JUMP_LABEL (p), loop->end))))
5936 v->replaceable = 0;
5937 v->not_replaceable = 1;
5939 if (loop_dump_stream)
5940 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
5941 "Found branch outside giv lifetime.\n");
5943 break;
5948 /* If it is replaceable, then save the final value. */
5949 if (v->replaceable)
5950 v->final_value = final_value;
5953 if (loop_dump_stream && v->replaceable)
5954 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Insn %d: giv reg %d final_value replaceable\n",
5955 INSN_UID (v->insn), REGNO (v->dest_reg));
5958 /* Update the status of whether a giv can derive other givs.
5960 We need to do something special if there is or may be an update to the biv
5961 between the time the giv is defined and the time it is used to derive
5962 another giv.
5964 In addition, a giv that is only conditionally set is not allowed to
5965 derive another giv once a label has been passed.
5967 The cases we look at are when a label or an update to a biv is passed. */
5969 static void
5970 update_giv_derive (loop, p)
5971 const struct loop *loop;
5972 rtx p;
5974 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
5975 struct iv_class *bl;
5976 struct induction *biv, *giv;
5977 rtx tem;
5978 int dummy;
5980 /* Search all IV classes, then all bivs, and finally all givs.
5982 There are three cases we are concerned with. First we have the situation
5983 of a giv that is only updated conditionally. In that case, it may not
5984 derive any givs after a label is passed.
5986 The second case is when a biv update occurs, or may occur, after the
5987 definition of a giv. For certain biv updates (see below) that are
5988 known to occur between the giv definition and use, we can adjust the
5989 giv definition. For others, or when the biv update is conditional,
5990 we must prevent the giv from deriving any other givs. There are two
5991 sub-cases within this case.
5993 If this is a label, we are concerned with any biv update that is done
5994 conditionally, since it may be done after the giv is defined followed by
5995 a branch here (actually, we need to pass both a jump and a label, but
5996 this extra tracking doesn't seem worth it).
5998 If this is a jump, we are concerned about any biv update that may be
5999 executed multiple times. We are actually only concerned about
6000 backward jumps, but it is probably not worth performing the test
6001 on the jump again here.
6003 If this is a biv update, we must adjust the giv status to show that a
6004 subsequent biv update was performed. If this adjustment cannot be done,
6005 the giv cannot derive further givs. */
6007 for (bl = ivs->list; bl; bl = bl->next)
6008 for (biv = bl->biv; biv; biv = biv->next_iv)
6009 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
6010 || biv->insn == p)
6012 for (giv = bl->giv; giv; giv = giv->next_iv)
6014 /* If cant_derive is already true, there is no point in
6015 checking all of these conditions again. */
6016 if (giv->cant_derive)
6017 continue;
6019 /* If this giv is conditionally set and we have passed a label,
6020 it cannot derive anything. */
6021 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! giv->always_computable)
6022 giv->cant_derive = 1;
6024 /* Skip givs that have mult_val == 0, since
6025 they are really invariants. Also skip those that are
6026 replaceable, since we know their lifetime doesn't contain
6027 any biv update. */
6028 else if (giv->mult_val == const0_rtx || giv->replaceable)
6029 continue;
6031 /* The only way we can allow this giv to derive another
6032 is if this is a biv increment and we can form the product
6033 of biv->add_val and giv->mult_val. In this case, we will
6034 be able to compute a compensation. */
6035 else if (biv->insn == p)
6037 rtx ext_val_dummy;
6039 tem = 0;
6040 if (biv->mult_val == const1_rtx)
6041 tem = simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6042 gen_rtx_MULT (giv->mode,
6043 biv->add_val,
6044 giv->mult_val),
6045 &ext_val_dummy, &dummy);
6047 if (tem && giv->derive_adjustment)
6048 tem = simplify_giv_expr
6049 (loop,
6050 gen_rtx_PLUS (giv->mode, tem, giv->derive_adjustment),
6051 &ext_val_dummy, &dummy);
6053 if (tem)
6054 giv->derive_adjustment = tem;
6055 else
6056 giv->cant_derive = 1;
6058 else if ((GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL && ! biv->always_computable)
6059 || (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && biv->maybe_multiple))
6060 giv->cant_derive = 1;
6065 /* Check whether an insn is an increment legitimate for a basic induction var.
6066 X is the source of insn P, or a part of it.
6067 MODE is the mode in which X should be interpreted.
6069 DEST_REG is the putative biv, also the destination of the insn.
6070 We accept patterns of these forms:
6071 REG = REG + INVARIANT (includes REG = REG - CONSTANT)
6072 REG = INVARIANT + REG
6074 If X is suitable, we return 1, set *MULT_VAL to CONST1_RTX,
6075 store the additive term into *INC_VAL, and store the place where
6076 we found the additive term into *LOCATION.
6078 If X is an assignment of an invariant into DEST_REG, we set
6079 *MULT_VAL to CONST0_RTX, and store the invariant into *INC_VAL.
6081 We also want to detect a BIV when it corresponds to a variable
6082 whose mode was promoted via PROMOTED_MODE. In that case, an increment
6083 of the variable may be a PLUS that adds a SUBREG of that variable to
6084 an invariant and then sign- or zero-extends the result of the PLUS
6085 into the variable.
6087 Most GIVs in such cases will be in the promoted mode, since that is the
6088 probably the natural computation mode (and almost certainly the mode
6089 used for addresses) on the machine. So we view the pseudo-reg containing
6090 the variable as the BIV, as if it were simply incremented.
6092 Note that treating the entire pseudo as a BIV will result in making
6093 simple increments to any GIVs based on it. However, if the variable
6094 overflows in its declared mode but not its promoted mode, the result will
6095 be incorrect. This is acceptable if the variable is signed, since
6096 overflows in such cases are undefined, but not if it is unsigned, since
6097 those overflows are defined. So we only check for SIGN_EXTEND and
6098 not ZERO_EXTEND.
6100 If we cannot find a biv, we return 0. */
6102 static int
6103 basic_induction_var (loop, x, mode, dest_reg, p, inc_val, mult_val, location)
6104 const struct loop *loop;
6105 rtx x;
6106 enum machine_mode mode;
6107 rtx dest_reg;
6108 rtx p;
6109 rtx *inc_val;
6110 rtx *mult_val;
6111 rtx **location;
6113 enum rtx_code code;
6114 rtx *argp, arg;
6115 rtx insn, set = 0;
6117 code = GET_CODE (x);
6118 *location = NULL;
6119 switch (code)
6121 case PLUS:
6122 if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 0), dest_reg)
6123 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SUBREG
6124 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x, 0))
6125 && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 0)) == dest_reg))
6127 argp = &XEXP (x, 1);
6129 else if (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (x, 1), dest_reg)
6130 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == SUBREG
6131 && SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (XEXP (x, 1))
6132 && SUBREG_REG (XEXP (x, 1)) == dest_reg))
6134 argp = &XEXP (x, 0);
6136 else
6137 return 0;
6139 arg = *argp;
6140 if (loop_invariant_p (loop, arg) != 1)
6141 return 0;
6143 *inc_val = convert_modes (GET_MODE (dest_reg), GET_MODE (x), arg, 0);
6144 *mult_val = const1_rtx;
6145 *location = argp;
6146 return 1;
6148 case SUBREG:
6149 /* If what's inside the SUBREG is a BIV, then the SUBREG. This will
6150 handle addition of promoted variables.
6151 ??? The comment at the start of this function is wrong: promoted
6152 variable increments don't look like it says they do. */
6153 return basic_induction_var (loop, SUBREG_REG (x),
6154 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
6155 dest_reg, p, inc_val, mult_val, location);
6157 case REG:
6158 /* If this register is assigned in a previous insn, look at its
6159 source, but don't go outside the loop or past a label. */
6161 /* If this sets a register to itself, we would repeat any previous
6162 biv increment if we applied this strategy blindly. */
6163 if (rtx_equal_p (dest_reg, x))
6164 return 0;
6166 insn = p;
6167 while (1)
6169 rtx dest;
6172 insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
6174 while (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
6175 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
6177 if (!insn)
6178 break;
6179 set = single_set (insn);
6180 if (set == 0)
6181 break;
6182 dest = SET_DEST (set);
6183 if (dest == x
6184 || (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
6185 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)) <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
6186 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (dest)) == MODE_INT)
6187 && SUBREG_REG (dest) == x))
6188 return basic_induction_var (loop, SET_SRC (set),
6189 (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set)) == VOIDmode
6190 ? GET_MODE (x)
6191 : GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set))),
6192 dest_reg, insn,
6193 inc_val, mult_val, location);
6195 while (GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
6196 || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
6197 || GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
6198 || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
6199 dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
6200 if (dest == x)
6201 break;
6203 /* Fall through. */
6205 /* Can accept constant setting of biv only when inside inner most loop.
6206 Otherwise, a biv of an inner loop may be incorrectly recognized
6207 as a biv of the outer loop,
6208 causing code to be moved INTO the inner loop. */
6209 case MEM:
6210 if (loop_invariant_p (loop, x) != 1)
6211 return 0;
6212 case CONST_INT:
6213 case SYMBOL_REF:
6214 case CONST:
6215 /* convert_modes aborts if we try to convert to or from CCmode, so just
6216 exclude that case. It is very unlikely that a condition code value
6217 would be a useful iterator anyways. */
6218 if (loop->level == 1
6219 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC
6220 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (dest_reg)) != MODE_CC)
6222 /* Possible bug here? Perhaps we don't know the mode of X. */
6223 *inc_val = convert_modes (GET_MODE (dest_reg), mode, x, 0);
6224 *mult_val = const0_rtx;
6225 return 1;
6227 else
6228 return 0;
6230 case SIGN_EXTEND:
6231 return basic_induction_var (loop, XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
6232 dest_reg, p, inc_val, mult_val, location);
6234 case ASHIFTRT:
6235 /* Similar, since this can be a sign extension. */
6236 for (insn = PREV_INSN (p);
6237 (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
6238 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG);
6239 insn = PREV_INSN (insn))
6242 if (insn)
6243 set = single_set (insn);
6245 if (! rtx_equal_p (dest_reg, XEXP (x, 0))
6246 && set && SET_DEST (set) == XEXP (x, 0)
6247 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
6248 && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) >= 0
6249 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == ASHIFT
6250 && XEXP (x, 1) == XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1))
6251 return basic_induction_var (loop, XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0),
6252 GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
6253 dest_reg, insn, inc_val, mult_val,
6254 location);
6255 return 0;
6257 default:
6258 return 0;
6262 /* A general induction variable (giv) is any quantity that is a linear
6263 function of a basic induction variable,
6264 i.e. giv = biv * mult_val + add_val.
6265 The coefficients can be any loop invariant quantity.
6266 A giv need not be computed directly from the biv;
6267 it can be computed by way of other givs. */
6269 /* Determine whether X computes a giv.
6270 If it does, return a nonzero value
6271 which is the benefit from eliminating the computation of X;
6272 set *SRC_REG to the register of the biv that it is computed from;
6273 set *ADD_VAL and *MULT_VAL to the coefficients,
6274 such that the value of X is biv * mult + add; */
6276 static int
6277 general_induction_var (loop, x, src_reg, add_val, mult_val, ext_val,
6278 is_addr, pbenefit, addr_mode)
6279 const struct loop *loop;
6280 rtx x;
6281 rtx *src_reg;
6282 rtx *add_val;
6283 rtx *mult_val;
6284 rtx *ext_val;
6285 int is_addr;
6286 int *pbenefit;
6287 enum machine_mode addr_mode;
6289 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
6290 rtx orig_x = x;
6292 /* If this is an invariant, forget it, it isn't a giv. */
6293 if (loop_invariant_p (loop, x) == 1)
6294 return 0;
6296 *pbenefit = 0;
6297 *ext_val = NULL_RTX;
6298 x = simplify_giv_expr (loop, x, ext_val, pbenefit);
6299 if (x == 0)
6300 return 0;
6302 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6304 case USE:
6305 case CONST_INT:
6306 /* Since this is now an invariant and wasn't before, it must be a giv
6307 with MULT_VAL == 0. It doesn't matter which BIV we associate this
6308 with. */
6309 *src_reg = ivs->list->biv->dest_reg;
6310 *mult_val = const0_rtx;
6311 *add_val = x;
6312 break;
6314 case REG:
6315 /* This is equivalent to a BIV. */
6316 *src_reg = x;
6317 *mult_val = const1_rtx;
6318 *add_val = const0_rtx;
6319 break;
6321 case PLUS:
6322 /* Either (plus (biv) (invar)) or
6323 (plus (mult (biv) (invar_1)) (invar_2)). */
6324 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
6326 *src_reg = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
6327 *mult_val = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1);
6329 else
6331 *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
6332 *mult_val = const1_rtx;
6334 *add_val = XEXP (x, 1);
6335 break;
6337 case MULT:
6338 /* ADD_VAL is zero. */
6339 *src_reg = XEXP (x, 0);
6340 *mult_val = XEXP (x, 1);
6341 *add_val = const0_rtx;
6342 break;
6344 default:
6345 abort ();
6348 /* Remove any enclosing USE from ADD_VAL and MULT_VAL (there will be
6349 unless they are CONST_INT). */
6350 if (GET_CODE (*add_val) == USE)
6351 *add_val = XEXP (*add_val, 0);
6352 if (GET_CODE (*mult_val) == USE)
6353 *mult_val = XEXP (*mult_val, 0);
6355 if (is_addr)
6356 *pbenefit += address_cost (orig_x, addr_mode) - reg_address_cost;
6357 else
6358 *pbenefit += rtx_cost (orig_x, SET);
6360 /* Always return true if this is a giv so it will be detected as such,
6361 even if the benefit is zero or negative. This allows elimination
6362 of bivs that might otherwise not be eliminated. */
6363 return 1;
6366 /* Given an expression, X, try to form it as a linear function of a biv.
6367 We will canonicalize it to be of the form
6368 (plus (mult (BIV) (invar_1))
6369 (invar_2))
6370 with possible degeneracies.
6372 The invariant expressions must each be of a form that can be used as a
6373 machine operand. We surround then with a USE rtx (a hack, but localized
6374 and certainly unambiguous!) if not a CONST_INT for simplicity in this
6375 routine; it is the caller's responsibility to strip them.
6377 If no such canonicalization is possible (i.e., two biv's are used or an
6378 expression that is neither invariant nor a biv or giv), this routine
6379 returns 0.
6381 For a non-zero return, the result will have a code of CONST_INT, USE,
6382 REG (for a BIV), PLUS, or MULT. No other codes will occur.
6384 *BENEFIT will be incremented by the benefit of any sub-giv encountered. */
6386 static rtx sge_plus PARAMS ((enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx));
6387 static rtx sge_plus_constant PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
6389 static rtx
6390 simplify_giv_expr (loop, x, ext_val, benefit)
6391 const struct loop *loop;
6392 rtx x;
6393 rtx *ext_val;
6394 int *benefit;
6396 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
6397 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
6398 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
6399 rtx arg0, arg1;
6400 rtx tem;
6402 /* If this is not an integer mode, or if we cannot do arithmetic in this
6403 mode, this can't be a giv. */
6404 if (mode != VOIDmode
6405 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT
6406 || GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT))
6407 return NULL_RTX;
6409 switch (GET_CODE (x))
6411 case PLUS:
6412 arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (loop, XEXP (x, 0), ext_val, benefit);
6413 arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (loop, XEXP (x, 1), ext_val, benefit);
6414 if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
6415 return NULL_RTX;
6417 /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant. */
6418 if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE
6419 || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
6420 && ! ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE
6421 && GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
6422 || GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT))
6423 tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
6425 /* Handle addition of zero, then addition of an invariant. */
6426 if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
6427 return arg0;
6428 else if (GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
6429 switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
6431 case CONST_INT:
6432 case USE:
6433 /* Adding two invariants must result in an invariant, so enclose
6434 addition operation inside a USE and return it. */
6435 if (GET_CODE (arg0) == USE)
6436 arg0 = XEXP (arg0, 0);
6437 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == USE)
6438 arg1 = XEXP (arg1, 0);
6440 if (GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
6441 tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
6442 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == CONST_INT)
6443 tem = sge_plus_constant (arg0, arg1);
6444 else
6445 tem = sge_plus (mode, arg0, arg1);
6447 if (GET_CODE (tem) != CONST_INT)
6448 tem = gen_rtx_USE (mode, tem);
6449 return tem;
6451 case REG:
6452 case MULT:
6453 /* biv + invar or mult + invar. Return sum. */
6454 return gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, arg0, arg1);
6456 case PLUS:
6457 /* (a + invar_1) + invar_2. Associate. */
6458 return
6459 simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6460 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
6461 XEXP (arg0, 0),
6462 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
6463 XEXP (arg0, 1),
6464 arg1)),
6465 ext_val, benefit);
6467 default:
6468 abort ();
6471 /* Each argument must be either REG, PLUS, or MULT. Convert REG to
6472 MULT to reduce cases. */
6473 if (GET_CODE (arg0) == REG)
6474 arg0 = gen_rtx_MULT (mode, arg0, const1_rtx);
6475 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == REG)
6476 arg1 = gen_rtx_MULT (mode, arg1, const1_rtx);
6478 /* Now have PLUS + PLUS, PLUS + MULT, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
6479 Put a MULT first, leaving PLUS + PLUS, MULT + PLUS, or MULT + MULT.
6480 Recurse to associate the second PLUS. */
6481 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == MULT)
6482 tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
6484 if (GET_CODE (arg1) == PLUS)
6485 return
6486 simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6487 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
6488 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, arg0,
6489 XEXP (arg1, 0)),
6490 XEXP (arg1, 1)),
6491 ext_val, benefit);
6493 /* Now must have MULT + MULT. Distribute if same biv, else not giv. */
6494 if (GET_CODE (arg0) != MULT || GET_CODE (arg1) != MULT)
6495 return NULL_RTX;
6497 if (!rtx_equal_p (arg0, arg1))
6498 return NULL_RTX;
6500 return simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6501 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6502 XEXP (arg0, 0),
6503 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
6504 XEXP (arg0, 1),
6505 XEXP (arg1, 1))),
6506 ext_val, benefit);
6508 case MINUS:
6509 /* Handle "a - b" as "a + b * (-1)". */
6510 return simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6511 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
6512 XEXP (x, 0),
6513 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6514 XEXP (x, 1),
6515 constm1_rtx)),
6516 ext_val, benefit);
6518 case MULT:
6519 arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (loop, XEXP (x, 0), ext_val, benefit);
6520 arg1 = simplify_giv_expr (loop, XEXP (x, 1), ext_val, benefit);
6521 if (arg0 == 0 || arg1 == 0)
6522 return NULL_RTX;
6524 /* Put constant last, CONST_INT last if both constant. */
6525 if ((GET_CODE (arg0) == USE || GET_CODE (arg0) == CONST_INT)
6526 && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
6527 tem = arg0, arg0 = arg1, arg1 = tem;
6529 /* If second argument is not now constant, not giv. */
6530 if (GET_CODE (arg1) != USE && GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
6531 return NULL_RTX;
6533 /* Handle multiply by 0 or 1. */
6534 if (arg1 == const0_rtx)
6535 return const0_rtx;
6537 else if (arg1 == const1_rtx)
6538 return arg0;
6540 switch (GET_CODE (arg0))
6542 case REG:
6543 /* biv * invar. Done. */
6544 return gen_rtx_MULT (mode, arg0, arg1);
6546 case CONST_INT:
6547 /* Product of two constants. */
6548 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg0) * INTVAL (arg1));
6550 case USE:
6551 /* invar * invar is a giv, but attempt to simplify it somehow. */
6552 if (GET_CODE (arg1) != CONST_INT)
6553 return NULL_RTX;
6555 arg0 = XEXP (arg0, 0);
6556 if (GET_CODE (arg0) == MULT)
6558 /* (invar_0 * invar_1) * invar_2. Associate. */
6559 return simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6560 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6561 XEXP (arg0, 0),
6562 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6563 XEXP (arg0,
6565 arg1)),
6566 ext_val, benefit);
6568 /* Porpagate the MULT expressions to the intermost nodes. */
6569 else if (GET_CODE (arg0) == PLUS)
6571 /* (invar_0 + invar_1) * invar_2. Distribute. */
6572 return simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6573 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
6574 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6575 XEXP (arg0,
6577 arg1),
6578 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6579 XEXP (arg0,
6581 arg1)),
6582 ext_val, benefit);
6584 return gen_rtx_USE (mode, gen_rtx_MULT (mode, arg0, arg1));
6586 case MULT:
6587 /* (a * invar_1) * invar_2. Associate. */
6588 return simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6589 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6590 XEXP (arg0, 0),
6591 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6592 XEXP (arg0, 1),
6593 arg1)),
6594 ext_val, benefit);
6596 case PLUS:
6597 /* (a + invar_1) * invar_2. Distribute. */
6598 return simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6599 gen_rtx_PLUS (mode,
6600 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6601 XEXP (arg0, 0),
6602 arg1),
6603 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6604 XEXP (arg0, 1),
6605 arg1)),
6606 ext_val, benefit);
6608 default:
6609 abort ();
6612 case ASHIFT:
6613 /* Shift by constant is multiply by power of two. */
6614 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != CONST_INT)
6615 return 0;
6617 return
6618 simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6619 gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6620 XEXP (x, 0),
6621 GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
6622 << INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)))),
6623 ext_val, benefit);
6625 case NEG:
6626 /* "-a" is "a * (-1)" */
6627 return simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6628 gen_rtx_MULT (mode, XEXP (x, 0), constm1_rtx),
6629 ext_val, benefit);
6631 case NOT:
6632 /* "~a" is "-a - 1". Silly, but easy. */
6633 return simplify_giv_expr (loop,
6634 gen_rtx_MINUS (mode,
6635 gen_rtx_NEG (mode, XEXP (x, 0)),
6636 const1_rtx),
6637 ext_val, benefit);
6639 case USE:
6640 /* Already in proper form for invariant. */
6641 return x;
6643 case SIGN_EXTEND:
6644 case ZERO_EXTEND:
6645 case TRUNCATE:
6646 /* Conditionally recognize extensions of simple IVs. After we've
6647 computed loop traversal counts and verified the range of the
6648 source IV, we'll reevaluate this as a GIV. */
6649 if (*ext_val == NULL_RTX)
6651 arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (loop, XEXP (x, 0), ext_val, benefit);
6652 if (arg0 && *ext_val == NULL_RTX && GET_CODE (arg0) == REG)
6654 *ext_val = gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (x), mode, arg0);
6655 return arg0;
6658 goto do_default;
6660 case REG:
6661 /* If this is a new register, we can't deal with it. */
6662 if (REGNO (x) >= max_reg_before_loop)
6663 return 0;
6665 /* Check for biv or giv. */
6666 switch (REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (x)))
6668 case BASIC_INDUCT:
6669 return x;
6670 case GENERAL_INDUCT:
6672 struct induction *v = REG_IV_INFO (ivs, REGNO (x));
6674 /* Form expression from giv and add benefit. Ensure this giv
6675 can derive another and subtract any needed adjustment if so. */
6677 /* Increasing the benefit here is risky. The only case in which it
6678 is arguably correct is if this is the only use of V. In other
6679 cases, this will artificially inflate the benefit of the current
6680 giv, and lead to suboptimal code. Thus, it is disabled, since
6681 potentially not reducing an only marginally beneficial giv is
6682 less harmful than reducing many givs that are not really
6683 beneficial. */
6685 rtx single_use = regs->array[REGNO (x)].single_usage;
6686 if (single_use && single_use != const0_rtx)
6687 *benefit += v->benefit;
6690 if (v->cant_derive)
6691 return 0;
6693 tem = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, gen_rtx_MULT (mode,
6694 v->src_reg, v->mult_val),
6695 v->add_val);
6697 if (v->derive_adjustment)
6698 tem = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, tem, v->derive_adjustment);
6699 arg0 = simplify_giv_expr (loop, tem, ext_val, benefit);
6700 if (*ext_val)
6702 if (!v->ext_dependent)
6703 return arg0;
6705 else
6707 *ext_val = v->ext_dependent;
6708 return arg0;
6710 return 0;
6713 default:
6714 do_default:
6715 /* If it isn't an induction variable, and it is invariant, we
6716 may be able to simplify things further by looking through
6717 the bits we just moved outside the loop. */
6718 if (loop_invariant_p (loop, x) == 1)
6720 struct movable *m;
6721 struct loop_movables *movables = LOOP_MOVABLES (loop);
6723 for (m = movables->head; m; m = m->next)
6724 if (rtx_equal_p (x, m->set_dest))
6726 /* Ok, we found a match. Substitute and simplify. */
6728 /* If we match another movable, we must use that, as
6729 this one is going away. */
6730 if (m->match)
6731 return simplify_giv_expr (loop, m->match->set_dest,
6732 ext_val, benefit);
6734 /* If consec is non-zero, this is a member of a group of
6735 instructions that were moved together. We handle this
6736 case only to the point of seeking to the last insn and
6737 looking for a REG_EQUAL. Fail if we don't find one. */
6738 if (m->consec != 0)
6740 int i = m->consec;
6741 tem = m->insn;
6744 tem = NEXT_INSN (tem);
6746 while (--i > 0);
6748 tem = find_reg_note (tem, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX);
6749 if (tem)
6750 tem = XEXP (tem, 0);
6752 else
6754 tem = single_set (m->insn);
6755 if (tem)
6756 tem = SET_SRC (tem);
6759 if (tem)
6761 /* What we are most interested in is pointer
6762 arithmetic on invariants -- only take
6763 patterns we may be able to do something with. */
6764 if (GET_CODE (tem) == PLUS
6765 || GET_CODE (tem) == MULT
6766 || GET_CODE (tem) == ASHIFT
6767 || GET_CODE (tem) == CONST_INT
6768 || GET_CODE (tem) == SYMBOL_REF)
6770 tem = simplify_giv_expr (loop, tem, ext_val,
6771 benefit);
6772 if (tem)
6773 return tem;
6775 else if (GET_CODE (tem) == CONST
6776 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS
6777 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
6778 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
6780 tem = simplify_giv_expr (loop, XEXP (tem, 0),
6781 ext_val, benefit);
6782 if (tem)
6783 return tem;
6786 break;
6789 break;
6792 /* Fall through to general case. */
6793 default:
6794 /* If invariant, return as USE (unless CONST_INT).
6795 Otherwise, not giv. */
6796 if (GET_CODE (x) == USE)
6797 x = XEXP (x, 0);
6799 if (loop_invariant_p (loop, x) == 1)
6801 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
6802 return x;
6803 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
6804 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
6805 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
6806 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
6807 x = XEXP (x, 0);
6808 return gen_rtx_USE (mode, x);
6810 else
6811 return 0;
6815 /* This routine folds invariants such that there is only ever one
6816 CONST_INT in the summation. It is only used by simplify_giv_expr. */
6818 static rtx
6819 sge_plus_constant (x, c)
6820 rtx x, c;
6822 if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
6823 return GEN_INT (INTVAL (x) + INTVAL (c));
6824 else if (GET_CODE (x) != PLUS)
6825 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), x, c);
6826 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
6828 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0),
6829 GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) + INTVAL (c)));
6831 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
6832 || GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) != PLUS)
6834 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x),
6835 sge_plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0), c), XEXP (x, 1));
6837 else
6839 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x),
6840 sge_plus_constant (XEXP (x, 1), c), XEXP (x, 0));
6844 static rtx
6845 sge_plus (mode, x, y)
6846 enum machine_mode mode;
6847 rtx x, y;
6849 while (GET_CODE (y) == PLUS)
6851 rtx a = XEXP (y, 0);
6852 if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
6853 x = sge_plus_constant (x, a);
6854 else
6855 x = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, a);
6856 y = XEXP (y, 1);
6858 if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT)
6859 x = sge_plus_constant (x, y);
6860 else
6861 x = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, x, y);
6862 return x;
6865 /* Help detect a giv that is calculated by several consecutive insns;
6866 for example,
6867 giv = biv * M
6868 giv = giv + A
6869 The caller has already identified the first insn P as having a giv as dest;
6870 we check that all other insns that set the same register follow
6871 immediately after P, that they alter nothing else,
6872 and that the result of the last is still a giv.
6874 The value is 0 if the reg set in P is not really a giv.
6875 Otherwise, the value is the amount gained by eliminating
6876 all the consecutive insns that compute the value.
6878 FIRST_BENEFIT is the amount gained by eliminating the first insn, P.
6879 SRC_REG is the reg of the biv; DEST_REG is the reg of the giv.
6881 The coefficients of the ultimate giv value are stored in
6882 *MULT_VAL and *ADD_VAL. */
6884 static int
6885 consec_sets_giv (loop, first_benefit, p, src_reg, dest_reg,
6886 add_val, mult_val, ext_val, last_consec_insn)
6887 const struct loop *loop;
6888 int first_benefit;
6889 rtx p;
6890 rtx src_reg;
6891 rtx dest_reg;
6892 rtx *add_val;
6893 rtx *mult_val;
6894 rtx *ext_val;
6895 rtx *last_consec_insn;
6897 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
6898 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
6899 int count;
6900 enum rtx_code code;
6901 int benefit;
6902 rtx temp;
6903 rtx set;
6905 /* Indicate that this is a giv so that we can update the value produced in
6906 each insn of the multi-insn sequence.
6908 This induction structure will be used only by the call to
6909 general_induction_var below, so we can allocate it on our stack.
6910 If this is a giv, our caller will replace the induct var entry with
6911 a new induction structure. */
6912 struct induction *v;
6914 if (REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) != UNKNOWN_INDUCT)
6915 return 0;
6917 v = (struct induction *) alloca (sizeof (struct induction));
6918 v->src_reg = src_reg;
6919 v->mult_val = *mult_val;
6920 v->add_val = *add_val;
6921 v->benefit = first_benefit;
6922 v->cant_derive = 0;
6923 v->derive_adjustment = 0;
6924 v->ext_dependent = NULL_RTX;
6926 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = GENERAL_INDUCT;
6927 REG_IV_INFO (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = v;
6929 count = regs->array[REGNO (dest_reg)].n_times_set - 1;
6931 while (count > 0)
6933 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
6934 code = GET_CODE (p);
6936 /* If libcall, skip to end of call sequence. */
6937 if (code == INSN && (temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)))
6938 p = XEXP (temp, 0);
6940 if (code == INSN
6941 && (set = single_set (p))
6942 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
6943 && SET_DEST (set) == dest_reg
6944 && (general_induction_var (loop, SET_SRC (set), &src_reg,
6945 add_val, mult_val, ext_val, 0,
6946 &benefit, VOIDmode)
6947 /* Giv created by equivalent expression. */
6948 || ((temp = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX))
6949 && general_induction_var (loop, XEXP (temp, 0), &src_reg,
6950 add_val, mult_val, ext_val, 0,
6951 &benefit, VOIDmode)))
6952 && src_reg == v->src_reg)
6954 if (find_reg_note (p, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX))
6955 benefit += libcall_benefit (p);
6957 count--;
6958 v->mult_val = *mult_val;
6959 v->add_val = *add_val;
6960 v->benefit += benefit;
6962 else if (code != NOTE)
6964 /* Allow insns that set something other than this giv to a
6965 constant. Such insns are needed on machines which cannot
6966 include long constants and should not disqualify a giv. */
6967 if (code == INSN
6968 && (set = single_set (p))
6969 && SET_DEST (set) != dest_reg
6970 && CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set)))
6971 continue;
6973 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = UNKNOWN_INDUCT;
6974 return 0;
6978 REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest_reg)) = UNKNOWN_INDUCT;
6979 *last_consec_insn = p;
6980 return v->benefit;
6983 /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
6984 represented by G1. If no such expression can be found, or it is clear that
6985 it cannot possibly be a valid address, 0 is returned.
6987 To perform the computation, we note that
6988 G1 = x * v + a and
6989 G2 = y * v + b
6990 where `v' is the biv.
6992 So G2 = (y/b) * G1 + (b - a*y/x).
6994 Note that MULT = y/x.
6996 Update: A and B are now allowed to be additive expressions such that
6997 B contains all variables in A. That is, computing B-A will not require
6998 subtracting variables. */
7000 static rtx
7001 express_from_1 (a, b, mult)
7002 rtx a, b, mult;
7004 /* If MULT is zero, then A*MULT is zero, and our expression is B. */
7006 if (mult == const0_rtx)
7007 return b;
7009 /* If MULT is not 1, we cannot handle A with non-constants, since we
7010 would then be required to subtract multiples of the registers in A.
7011 This is theoretically possible, and may even apply to some Fortran
7012 constructs, but it is a lot of work and we do not attempt it here. */
7014 if (mult != const1_rtx && GET_CODE (a) != CONST_INT)
7015 return NULL_RTX;
7017 /* In general these structures are sorted top to bottom (down the PLUS
7018 chain), but not left to right across the PLUS. If B is a higher
7019 order giv than A, we can strip one level and recurse. If A is higher
7020 order, we'll eventually bail out, but won't know that until the end.
7021 If they are the same, we'll strip one level around this loop. */
7023 while (GET_CODE (a) == PLUS && GET_CODE (b) == PLUS)
7025 rtx ra, rb, oa, ob, tmp;
7027 ra = XEXP (a, 0), oa = XEXP (a, 1);
7028 if (GET_CODE (ra) == PLUS)
7029 tmp = ra, ra = oa, oa = tmp;
7031 rb = XEXP (b, 0), ob = XEXP (b, 1);
7032 if (GET_CODE (rb) == PLUS)
7033 tmp = rb, rb = ob, ob = tmp;
7035 if (rtx_equal_p (ra, rb))
7036 /* We matched: remove one reg completely. */
7037 a = oa, b = ob;
7038 else if (GET_CODE (ob) != PLUS && rtx_equal_p (ra, ob))
7039 /* An alternate match. */
7040 a = oa, b = rb;
7041 else if (GET_CODE (oa) != PLUS && rtx_equal_p (oa, rb))
7042 /* An alternate match. */
7043 a = ra, b = ob;
7044 else
7046 /* Indicates an extra register in B. Strip one level from B and
7047 recurse, hoping B was the higher order expression. */
7048 ob = express_from_1 (a, ob, mult);
7049 if (ob == NULL_RTX)
7050 return NULL_RTX;
7051 return gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (b), rb, ob);
7055 /* Here we are at the last level of A, go through the cases hoping to
7056 get rid of everything but a constant. */
7058 if (GET_CODE (a) == PLUS)
7060 rtx ra, oa;
7062 ra = XEXP (a, 0), oa = XEXP (a, 1);
7063 if (rtx_equal_p (oa, b))
7064 oa = ra;
7065 else if (!rtx_equal_p (ra, b))
7066 return NULL_RTX;
7068 if (GET_CODE (oa) != CONST_INT)
7069 return NULL_RTX;
7071 return GEN_INT (-INTVAL (oa) * INTVAL (mult));
7073 else if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
7075 return plus_constant (b, -INTVAL (a) * INTVAL (mult));
7077 else if (CONSTANT_P (a))
7079 enum machine_mode mode_a = GET_MODE (a);
7080 enum machine_mode mode_b = GET_MODE (b);
7081 enum machine_mode mode = mode_b == VOIDmode ? mode_a : mode_b;
7082 return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, b, a);
7084 else if (GET_CODE (b) == PLUS)
7086 if (rtx_equal_p (a, XEXP (b, 0)))
7087 return XEXP (b, 1);
7088 else if (rtx_equal_p (a, XEXP (b, 1)))
7089 return XEXP (b, 0);
7090 else
7091 return NULL_RTX;
7093 else if (rtx_equal_p (a, b))
7094 return const0_rtx;
7096 return NULL_RTX;
7100 express_from (g1, g2)
7101 struct induction *g1, *g2;
7103 rtx mult, add;
7105 /* The value that G1 will be multiplied by must be a constant integer. Also,
7106 the only chance we have of getting a valid address is if b*c/a (see above
7107 for notation) is also an integer. */
7108 if (GET_CODE (g1->mult_val) == CONST_INT
7109 && GET_CODE (g2->mult_val) == CONST_INT)
7111 if (g1->mult_val == const0_rtx
7112 || INTVAL (g2->mult_val) % INTVAL (g1->mult_val) != 0)
7113 return NULL_RTX;
7114 mult = GEN_INT (INTVAL (g2->mult_val) / INTVAL (g1->mult_val));
7116 else if (rtx_equal_p (g1->mult_val, g2->mult_val))
7117 mult = const1_rtx;
7118 else
7120 /* ??? Find out if the one is a multiple of the other? */
7121 return NULL_RTX;
7124 add = express_from_1 (g1->add_val, g2->add_val, mult);
7125 if (add == NULL_RTX)
7127 /* Failed. If we've got a multiplication factor between G1 and G2,
7128 scale G1's addend and try again. */
7129 if (INTVAL (mult) > 1)
7131 rtx g1_add_val = g1->add_val;
7132 if (GET_CODE (g1_add_val) == MULT
7133 && GET_CODE (XEXP (g1_add_val, 1)) == CONST_INT)
7135 HOST_WIDE_INT m;
7136 m = INTVAL (mult) * INTVAL (XEXP (g1_add_val, 1));
7137 g1_add_val = gen_rtx_MULT (GET_MODE (g1_add_val),
7138 XEXP (g1_add_val, 0), GEN_INT (m));
7140 else
7142 g1_add_val = gen_rtx_MULT (GET_MODE (g1_add_val), g1_add_val,
7143 mult);
7146 add = express_from_1 (g1_add_val, g2->add_val, const1_rtx);
7149 if (add == NULL_RTX)
7150 return NULL_RTX;
7152 /* Form simplified final result. */
7153 if (mult == const0_rtx)
7154 return add;
7155 else if (mult == const1_rtx)
7156 mult = g1->dest_reg;
7157 else
7158 mult = gen_rtx_MULT (g2->mode, g1->dest_reg, mult);
7160 if (add == const0_rtx)
7161 return mult;
7162 else
7164 if (GET_CODE (add) == PLUS
7165 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (add, 1)))
7167 rtx tem = XEXP (add, 1);
7168 mult = gen_rtx_PLUS (g2->mode, mult, XEXP (add, 0));
7169 add = tem;
7172 return gen_rtx_PLUS (g2->mode, mult, add);
7176 /* Return an rtx, if any, that expresses giv G2 as a function of the register
7177 represented by G1. This indicates that G2 should be combined with G1 and
7178 that G2 can use (either directly or via an address expression) a register
7179 used to represent G1. */
7181 static rtx
7182 combine_givs_p (g1, g2)
7183 struct induction *g1, *g2;
7185 rtx comb, ret;
7187 /* With the introduction of ext dependent givs, we must care for modes.
7188 G2 must not use a wider mode than G1. */
7189 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (g1->mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (g2->mode))
7190 return NULL_RTX;
7192 ret = comb = express_from (g1, g2);
7193 if (comb == NULL_RTX)
7194 return NULL_RTX;
7195 if (g1->mode != g2->mode)
7196 ret = gen_lowpart (g2->mode, comb);
7198 /* If these givs are identical, they can be combined. We use the results
7199 of express_from because the addends are not in a canonical form, so
7200 rtx_equal_p is a weaker test. */
7201 /* But don't combine a DEST_REG giv with a DEST_ADDR giv; we want the
7202 combination to be the other way round. */
7203 if (comb == g1->dest_reg
7204 && (g1->giv_type == DEST_REG || g2->giv_type == DEST_ADDR))
7206 return ret;
7209 /* If G2 can be expressed as a function of G1 and that function is valid
7210 as an address and no more expensive than using a register for G2,
7211 the expression of G2 in terms of G1 can be used. */
7212 if (ret != NULL_RTX
7213 && g2->giv_type == DEST_ADDR
7214 && memory_address_p (GET_MODE (g2->mem), ret)
7215 /* ??? Looses, especially with -fforce-addr, where *g2->location
7216 will always be a register, and so anything more complicated
7217 gets discarded. */
7218 #if 0
7219 #ifdef ADDRESS_COST
7220 && ADDRESS_COST (tem) <= ADDRESS_COST (*g2->location)
7221 #else
7222 && rtx_cost (tem, MEM) <= rtx_cost (*g2->location, MEM)
7223 #endif
7224 #endif
7227 return ret;
7230 return NULL_RTX;
7233 /* Check each extension dependent giv in this class to see if its
7234 root biv is safe from wrapping in the interior mode, which would
7235 make the giv illegal. */
7237 static void
7238 check_ext_dependent_givs (bl, loop_info)
7239 struct iv_class *bl;
7240 struct loop_info *loop_info;
7242 int ze_ok = 0, se_ok = 0, info_ok = 0;
7243 enum machine_mode biv_mode = GET_MODE (bl->biv->src_reg);
7244 HOST_WIDE_INT start_val;
7245 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u_end_val = 0;
7246 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u_start_val = 0;
7247 rtx incr = pc_rtx;
7248 struct induction *v;
7250 /* Make sure the iteration data is available. We must have
7251 constants in order to be certain of no overflow. */
7252 /* ??? An unknown iteration count with an increment of +-1
7253 combined with friendly exit tests of against an invariant
7254 value is also ameanable to optimization. Not implemented. */
7255 if (loop_info->n_iterations > 0
7256 && bl->initial_value
7257 && GET_CODE (bl->initial_value) == CONST_INT
7258 && (incr = biv_total_increment (bl))
7259 && GET_CODE (incr) == CONST_INT
7260 /* Make sure the host can represent the arithmetic. */
7261 && HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (biv_mode))
7263 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT abs_incr, total_incr;
7264 HOST_WIDE_INT s_end_val;
7265 int neg_incr;
7267 info_ok = 1;
7268 start_val = INTVAL (bl->initial_value);
7269 u_start_val = start_val;
7271 neg_incr = 0, abs_incr = INTVAL (incr);
7272 if (INTVAL (incr) < 0)
7273 neg_incr = 1, abs_incr = -abs_incr;
7274 total_incr = abs_incr * loop_info->n_iterations;
7276 /* Check for host arithmatic overflow. */
7277 if (total_incr / loop_info->n_iterations == abs_incr)
7279 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u_max;
7280 HOST_WIDE_INT s_max;
7282 u_end_val = start_val + (neg_incr ? -total_incr : total_incr);
7283 s_end_val = u_end_val;
7284 u_max = GET_MODE_MASK (biv_mode);
7285 s_max = u_max >> 1;
7287 /* Check zero extension of biv ok. */
7288 if (start_val >= 0
7289 /* Check for host arithmatic overflow. */
7290 && (neg_incr
7291 ? u_end_val < u_start_val
7292 : u_end_val > u_start_val)
7293 /* Check for target arithmetic overflow. */
7294 && (neg_incr
7295 ? 1 /* taken care of with host overflow */
7296 : u_end_val <= u_max))
7298 ze_ok = 1;
7301 /* Check sign extension of biv ok. */
7302 /* ??? While it is true that overflow with signed and pointer
7303 arithmetic is undefined, I fear too many programmers don't
7304 keep this fact in mind -- myself included on occasion.
7305 So leave alone with the signed overflow optimizations. */
7306 if (start_val >= -s_max - 1
7307 /* Check for host arithmatic overflow. */
7308 && (neg_incr
7309 ? s_end_val < start_val
7310 : s_end_val > start_val)
7311 /* Check for target arithmetic overflow. */
7312 && (neg_incr
7313 ? s_end_val >= -s_max - 1
7314 : s_end_val <= s_max))
7316 se_ok = 1;
7321 /* Invalidate givs that fail the tests. */
7322 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
7323 if (v->ext_dependent)
7325 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (v->ext_dependent);
7326 int ok = 0;
7328 switch (code)
7330 case SIGN_EXTEND:
7331 ok = se_ok;
7332 break;
7333 case ZERO_EXTEND:
7334 ok = ze_ok;
7335 break;
7337 case TRUNCATE:
7338 /* We don't know whether this value is being used as either
7339 signed or unsigned, so to safely truncate we must satisfy
7340 both. The initial check here verifies the BIV itself;
7341 once that is successful we may check its range wrt the
7342 derived GIV. */
7343 if (se_ok && ze_ok)
7345 enum machine_mode outer_mode = GET_MODE (v->ext_dependent);
7346 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max = GET_MODE_MASK (outer_mode) >> 1;
7348 /* We know from the above that both endpoints are nonnegative,
7349 and that there is no wrapping. Verify that both endpoints
7350 are within the (signed) range of the outer mode. */
7351 if (u_start_val <= max && u_end_val <= max)
7352 ok = 1;
7354 break;
7356 default:
7357 abort ();
7360 if (ok)
7362 if (loop_dump_stream)
7364 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
7365 "Verified ext dependent giv at %d of reg %d\n",
7366 INSN_UID (v->insn), bl->regno);
7369 else
7371 if (loop_dump_stream)
7373 const char *why;
7375 if (info_ok)
7376 why = "biv iteration values overflowed";
7377 else
7379 if (incr == pc_rtx)
7380 incr = biv_total_increment (bl);
7381 if (incr == const1_rtx)
7382 why = "biv iteration info incomplete; incr by 1";
7383 else
7384 why = "biv iteration info incomplete";
7387 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
7388 "Failed ext dependent giv at %d, %s\n",
7389 INSN_UID (v->insn), why);
7391 v->ignore = 1;
7392 bl->all_reduced = 0;
7397 /* Generate a version of VALUE in a mode appropriate for initializing V. */
7400 extend_value_for_giv (v, value)
7401 struct induction *v;
7402 rtx value;
7404 rtx ext_dep = v->ext_dependent;
7406 if (! ext_dep)
7407 return value;
7409 /* Recall that check_ext_dependent_givs verified that the known bounds
7410 of a biv did not overflow or wrap with respect to the extension for
7411 the giv. Therefore, constants need no additional adjustment. */
7412 if (CONSTANT_P (value) && GET_MODE (value) == VOIDmode)
7413 return value;
7415 /* Otherwise, we must adjust the value to compensate for the
7416 differing modes of the biv and the giv. */
7417 return gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (ext_dep), GET_MODE (ext_dep), value);
7420 struct combine_givs_stats
7422 int giv_number;
7423 int total_benefit;
7426 static int
7427 cmp_combine_givs_stats (xp, yp)
7428 const PTR xp;
7429 const PTR yp;
7431 const struct combine_givs_stats * const x =
7432 (const struct combine_givs_stats *) xp;
7433 const struct combine_givs_stats * const y =
7434 (const struct combine_givs_stats *) yp;
7435 int d;
7436 d = y->total_benefit - x->total_benefit;
7437 /* Stabilize the sort. */
7438 if (!d)
7439 d = x->giv_number - y->giv_number;
7440 return d;
7443 /* Check all pairs of givs for iv_class BL and see if any can be combined with
7444 any other. If so, point SAME to the giv combined with and set NEW_REG to
7445 be an expression (in terms of the other giv's DEST_REG) equivalent to the
7446 giv. Also, update BENEFIT and related fields for cost/benefit analysis. */
7448 static void
7449 combine_givs (regs, bl)
7450 struct loop_regs *regs;
7451 struct iv_class *bl;
7453 /* Additional benefit to add for being combined multiple times. */
7454 const int extra_benefit = 3;
7456 struct induction *g1, *g2, **giv_array;
7457 int i, j, k, giv_count;
7458 struct combine_givs_stats *stats;
7459 rtx *can_combine;
7461 /* Count givs, because bl->giv_count is incorrect here. */
7462 giv_count = 0;
7463 for (g1 = bl->giv; g1; g1 = g1->next_iv)
7464 if (!g1->ignore)
7465 giv_count++;
7467 giv_array
7468 = (struct induction **) alloca (giv_count * sizeof (struct induction *));
7469 i = 0;
7470 for (g1 = bl->giv; g1; g1 = g1->next_iv)
7471 if (!g1->ignore)
7472 giv_array[i++] = g1;
7474 stats = (struct combine_givs_stats *) xcalloc (giv_count, sizeof (*stats));
7475 can_combine = (rtx *) xcalloc (giv_count, giv_count * sizeof (rtx));
7477 for (i = 0; i < giv_count; i++)
7479 int this_benefit;
7480 rtx single_use;
7482 g1 = giv_array[i];
7483 stats[i].giv_number = i;
7485 /* If a DEST_REG GIV is used only once, do not allow it to combine
7486 with anything, for in doing so we will gain nothing that cannot
7487 be had by simply letting the GIV with which we would have combined
7488 to be reduced on its own. The losage shows up in particular with
7489 DEST_ADDR targets on hosts with reg+reg addressing, though it can
7490 be seen elsewhere as well. */
7491 if (g1->giv_type == DEST_REG
7492 && (single_use = regs->array[REGNO (g1->dest_reg)].single_usage)
7493 && single_use != const0_rtx)
7494 continue;
7496 this_benefit = g1->benefit;
7497 /* Add an additional weight for zero addends. */
7498 if (g1->no_const_addval)
7499 this_benefit += 1;
7501 for (j = 0; j < giv_count; j++)
7503 rtx this_combine;
7505 g2 = giv_array[j];
7506 if (g1 != g2
7507 && (this_combine = combine_givs_p (g1, g2)) != NULL_RTX)
7509 can_combine[i * giv_count + j] = this_combine;
7510 this_benefit += g2->benefit + extra_benefit;
7513 stats[i].total_benefit = this_benefit;
7516 /* Iterate, combining until we can't. */
7517 restart:
7518 qsort (stats, giv_count, sizeof (*stats), cmp_combine_givs_stats);
7520 if (loop_dump_stream)
7522 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Sorted combine statistics:\n");
7523 for (k = 0; k < giv_count; k++)
7525 g1 = giv_array[stats[k].giv_number];
7526 if (!g1->combined_with && !g1->same)
7527 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " {%d, %d}",
7528 INSN_UID (giv_array[stats[k].giv_number]->insn),
7529 stats[k].total_benefit);
7531 putc ('\n', loop_dump_stream);
7534 for (k = 0; k < giv_count; k++)
7536 int g1_add_benefit = 0;
7538 i = stats[k].giv_number;
7539 g1 = giv_array[i];
7541 /* If it has already been combined, skip. */
7542 if (g1->combined_with || g1->same)
7543 continue;
7545 for (j = 0; j < giv_count; j++)
7547 g2 = giv_array[j];
7548 if (g1 != g2 && can_combine[i * giv_count + j]
7549 /* If it has already been combined, skip. */
7550 && ! g2->same && ! g2->combined_with)
7552 int l;
7554 g2->new_reg = can_combine[i * giv_count + j];
7555 g2->same = g1;
7556 /* For destination, we now may replace by mem expression instead
7557 of register. This changes the costs considerably, so add the
7558 compensation. */
7559 if (g2->giv_type == DEST_ADDR)
7560 g2->benefit = (g2->benefit + reg_address_cost
7561 - address_cost (g2->new_reg,
7562 GET_MODE (g2->mem)));
7563 g1->combined_with++;
7564 g1->lifetime += g2->lifetime;
7566 g1_add_benefit += g2->benefit;
7568 /* ??? The new final_[bg]iv_value code does a much better job
7569 of finding replaceable giv's, and hence this code may no
7570 longer be necessary. */
7571 if (! g2->replaceable && REG_USERVAR_P (g2->dest_reg))
7572 g1_add_benefit -= copy_cost;
7574 /* To help optimize the next set of combinations, remove
7575 this giv from the benefits of other potential mates. */
7576 for (l = 0; l < giv_count; ++l)
7578 int m = stats[l].giv_number;
7579 if (can_combine[m * giv_count + j])
7580 stats[l].total_benefit -= g2->benefit + extra_benefit;
7583 if (loop_dump_stream)
7584 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
7585 "giv at %d combined with giv at %d; new benefit %d + %d, lifetime %d\n",
7586 INSN_UID (g2->insn), INSN_UID (g1->insn),
7587 g1->benefit, g1_add_benefit, g1->lifetime);
7591 /* To help optimize the next set of combinations, remove
7592 this giv from the benefits of other potential mates. */
7593 if (g1->combined_with)
7595 for (j = 0; j < giv_count; ++j)
7597 int m = stats[j].giv_number;
7598 if (can_combine[m * giv_count + i])
7599 stats[j].total_benefit -= g1->benefit + extra_benefit;
7602 g1->benefit += g1_add_benefit;
7604 /* We've finished with this giv, and everything it touched.
7605 Restart the combination so that proper weights for the
7606 rest of the givs are properly taken into account. */
7607 /* ??? Ideally we would compact the arrays at this point, so
7608 as to not cover old ground. But sanely compacting
7609 can_combine is tricky. */
7610 goto restart;
7614 /* Clean up. */
7615 free (stats);
7616 free (can_combine);
7619 /* Generate sequence for REG = B * M + A. */
7621 static rtx
7622 gen_add_mult (b, m, a, reg)
7623 rtx b; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
7624 rtx m; /* multiplicative constant */
7625 rtx a; /* additive constant */
7626 rtx reg; /* destination register */
7628 rtx seq;
7629 rtx result;
7631 start_sequence ();
7632 /* Use unsigned arithmetic. */
7633 result = expand_mult_add (b, reg, m, a, GET_MODE (reg), 1);
7634 if (reg != result)
7635 emit_move_insn (reg, result);
7636 seq = gen_sequence ();
7637 end_sequence ();
7639 return seq;
7643 /* Update registers created in insn sequence SEQ. */
7645 static void
7646 loop_regs_update (loop, seq)
7647 const struct loop *loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7648 rtx seq;
7650 /* Update register info for alias analysis. */
7652 if (GET_CODE (seq) == SEQUENCE)
7654 int i;
7655 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (seq, 0); ++i)
7657 rtx set = single_set (XVECEXP (seq, 0, i));
7658 if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
7659 record_base_value (REGNO (SET_DEST (set)), SET_SRC (set), 0);
7662 else
7664 if (GET_CODE (seq) == SET
7665 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (seq)) == REG)
7666 record_base_value (REGNO (SET_DEST (seq)), SET_SRC (seq), 0);
7671 /* EMIT code before BEFORE_BB/BEFORE_INSN to set REG = B * M + A. */
7673 void
7674 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop, b, m, a, reg, before_bb, before_insn)
7675 const struct loop *loop;
7676 rtx b; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
7677 rtx m; /* multiplicative constant */
7678 rtx a; /* additive constant */
7679 rtx reg; /* destination register */
7680 basic_block before_bb;
7681 rtx before_insn;
7683 rtx seq;
7685 if (! before_insn)
7687 loop_iv_add_mult_hoist (loop, b, m, a, reg);
7688 return;
7691 /* Use copy_rtx to prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx. */
7692 seq = gen_add_mult (copy_rtx (b), copy_rtx (m), copy_rtx (a), reg);
7694 /* Increase the lifetime of any invariants moved further in code. */
7695 update_reg_last_use (a, before_insn);
7696 update_reg_last_use (b, before_insn);
7697 update_reg_last_use (m, before_insn);
7699 loop_insn_emit_before (loop, before_bb, before_insn, seq);
7701 /* It is possible that the expansion created lots of new registers.
7702 Iterate over the sequence we just created and record them all. */
7703 loop_regs_update (loop, seq);
7707 /* Emit insns in loop pre-header to set REG = B * M + A. */
7709 void
7710 loop_iv_add_mult_sink (loop, b, m, a, reg)
7711 const struct loop *loop;
7712 rtx b; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
7713 rtx m; /* multiplicative constant */
7714 rtx a; /* additive constant */
7715 rtx reg; /* destination register */
7717 rtx seq;
7719 /* Use copy_rtx to prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx. */
7720 seq = gen_add_mult (copy_rtx (b), copy_rtx (m), copy_rtx (a), reg);
7722 /* Increase the lifetime of any invariants moved further in code.
7723 ???? Is this really necessary? */
7724 update_reg_last_use (a, loop->sink);
7725 update_reg_last_use (b, loop->sink);
7726 update_reg_last_use (m, loop->sink);
7728 loop_insn_sink (loop, seq);
7730 /* It is possible that the expansion created lots of new registers.
7731 Iterate over the sequence we just created and record them all. */
7732 loop_regs_update (loop, seq);
7736 /* Emit insns after loop to set REG = B * M + A. */
7738 void
7739 loop_iv_add_mult_hoist (loop, b, m, a, reg)
7740 const struct loop *loop;
7741 rtx b; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
7742 rtx m; /* multiplicative constant */
7743 rtx a; /* additive constant */
7744 rtx reg; /* destination register */
7746 rtx seq;
7748 /* Use copy_rtx to prevent unexpected sharing of these rtx. */
7749 seq = gen_add_mult (copy_rtx (b), copy_rtx (m), copy_rtx (a), reg);
7751 loop_insn_hoist (loop, seq);
7753 /* It is possible that the expansion created lots of new registers.
7754 Iterate over the sequence we just created and record them all. */
7755 loop_regs_update (loop, seq);
7760 /* Similar to gen_add_mult, but compute cost rather than generating
7761 sequence. */
7763 static int
7764 iv_add_mult_cost (b, m, a, reg)
7765 rtx b; /* initial value of basic induction variable */
7766 rtx m; /* multiplicative constant */
7767 rtx a; /* additive constant */
7768 rtx reg; /* destination register */
7770 int cost = 0;
7771 rtx last, result;
7773 start_sequence ();
7774 result = expand_mult_add (b, reg, m, a, GET_MODE (reg), 1);
7775 if (reg != result)
7776 emit_move_insn (reg, result);
7777 last = get_last_insn ();
7778 while (last)
7780 rtx t = single_set (last);
7781 if (t)
7782 cost += rtx_cost (SET_SRC (t), SET);
7783 last = PREV_INSN (last);
7785 end_sequence ();
7786 return cost;
7789 /* Test whether A * B can be computed without
7790 an actual multiply insn. Value is 1 if so. */
7792 static int
7793 product_cheap_p (a, b)
7794 rtx a;
7795 rtx b;
7797 int i;
7798 rtx tmp;
7799 int win = 1;
7801 /* If only one is constant, make it B. */
7802 if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
7803 tmp = a, a = b, b = tmp;
7805 /* If first constant, both constant, so don't need multiply. */
7806 if (GET_CODE (a) == CONST_INT)
7807 return 1;
7809 /* If second not constant, neither is constant, so would need multiply. */
7810 if (GET_CODE (b) != CONST_INT)
7811 return 0;
7813 /* One operand is constant, so might not need multiply insn. Generate the
7814 code for the multiply and see if a call or multiply, or long sequence
7815 of insns is generated. */
7817 start_sequence ();
7818 expand_mult (GET_MODE (a), a, b, NULL_RTX, 1);
7819 tmp = gen_sequence ();
7820 end_sequence ();
7822 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SEQUENCE)
7824 if (XVEC (tmp, 0) == 0)
7825 win = 1;
7826 else if (XVECLEN (tmp, 0) > 3)
7827 win = 0;
7828 else
7829 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (tmp, 0); i++)
7831 rtx insn = XVECEXP (tmp, 0, i);
7833 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN
7834 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
7835 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn))) == MULT)
7836 || (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
7837 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET
7838 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0))) == MULT))
7840 win = 0;
7841 break;
7845 else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SET
7846 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (tmp)) == MULT)
7847 win = 0;
7848 else if (GET_CODE (tmp) == PARALLEL
7849 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0)) == SET
7850 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (XVECEXP (tmp, 0, 0))) == MULT)
7851 win = 0;
7853 return win;
7856 /* Check to see if loop can be terminated by a "decrement and branch until
7857 zero" instruction. If so, add a REG_NONNEG note to the branch insn if so.
7858 Also try reversing an increment loop to a decrement loop
7859 to see if the optimization can be performed.
7860 Value is nonzero if optimization was performed. */
7862 /* This is useful even if the architecture doesn't have such an insn,
7863 because it might change a loops which increments from 0 to n to a loop
7864 which decrements from n to 0. A loop that decrements to zero is usually
7865 faster than one that increments from zero. */
7867 /* ??? This could be rewritten to use some of the loop unrolling procedures,
7868 such as approx_final_value, biv_total_increment, loop_iterations, and
7869 final_[bg]iv_value. */
7871 static int
7872 check_dbra_loop (loop, insn_count)
7873 struct loop *loop;
7874 int insn_count;
7876 struct loop_info *loop_info = LOOP_INFO (loop);
7877 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
7878 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
7879 struct iv_class *bl;
7880 rtx reg;
7881 rtx jump_label;
7882 rtx final_value;
7883 rtx start_value;
7884 rtx new_add_val;
7885 rtx comparison;
7886 rtx before_comparison;
7887 rtx p;
7888 rtx jump;
7889 rtx first_compare;
7890 int compare_and_branch;
7891 rtx loop_start = loop->start;
7892 rtx loop_end = loop->end;
7894 /* If last insn is a conditional branch, and the insn before tests a
7895 register value, try to optimize it. Otherwise, we can't do anything. */
7897 jump = PREV_INSN (loop_end);
7898 comparison = get_condition_for_loop (loop, jump);
7899 if (comparison == 0)
7900 return 0;
7901 if (!onlyjump_p (jump))
7902 return 0;
7904 /* Try to compute whether the compare/branch at the loop end is one or
7905 two instructions. */
7906 get_condition (jump, &first_compare);
7907 if (first_compare == jump)
7908 compare_and_branch = 1;
7909 else if (first_compare == prev_nonnote_insn (jump))
7910 compare_and_branch = 2;
7911 else
7912 return 0;
7915 /* If more than one condition is present to control the loop, then
7916 do not proceed, as this function does not know how to rewrite
7917 loop tests with more than one condition.
7919 Look backwards from the first insn in the last comparison
7920 sequence and see if we've got another comparison sequence. */
7922 rtx jump1;
7923 if ((jump1 = prev_nonnote_insn (first_compare)) != loop->cont)
7924 if (GET_CODE (jump1) == JUMP_INSN)
7925 return 0;
7928 /* Check all of the bivs to see if the compare uses one of them.
7929 Skip biv's set more than once because we can't guarantee that
7930 it will be zero on the last iteration. Also skip if the biv is
7931 used between its update and the test insn. */
7933 for (bl = ivs->list; bl; bl = bl->next)
7935 if (bl->biv_count == 1
7936 && ! bl->biv->maybe_multiple
7937 && bl->biv->dest_reg == XEXP (comparison, 0)
7938 && ! reg_used_between_p (regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno], bl->biv->insn,
7939 first_compare))
7940 break;
7943 if (! bl)
7944 return 0;
7946 /* Look for the case where the basic induction variable is always
7947 nonnegative, and equals zero on the last iteration.
7948 In this case, add a reg_note REG_NONNEG, which allows the
7949 m68k DBRA instruction to be used. */
7951 if (((GET_CODE (comparison) == GT
7952 && GET_CODE (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == CONST_INT
7953 && INTVAL (XEXP (comparison, 1)) == -1)
7954 || (GET_CODE (comparison) == NE && XEXP (comparison, 1) == const0_rtx))
7955 && GET_CODE (bl->biv->add_val) == CONST_INT
7956 && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) < 0)
7958 /* Initial value must be greater than 0,
7959 init_val % -dec_value == 0 to ensure that it equals zero on
7960 the last iteration */
7962 if (GET_CODE (bl->initial_value) == CONST_INT
7963 && INTVAL (bl->initial_value) > 0
7964 && (INTVAL (bl->initial_value)
7965 % (-INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val))) == 0)
7967 /* register always nonnegative, add REG_NOTE to branch */
7968 if (! find_reg_note (jump, REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX))
7969 REG_NOTES (jump)
7970 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG, bl->biv->dest_reg,
7971 REG_NOTES (jump));
7972 bl->nonneg = 1;
7974 return 1;
7977 /* If the decrement is 1 and the value was tested as >= 0 before
7978 the loop, then we can safely optimize. */
7979 for (p = loop_start; p; p = PREV_INSN (p))
7981 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
7982 break;
7983 if (GET_CODE (p) != JUMP_INSN)
7984 continue;
7986 before_comparison = get_condition_for_loop (loop, p);
7987 if (before_comparison
7988 && XEXP (before_comparison, 0) == bl->biv->dest_reg
7989 && GET_CODE (before_comparison) == LT
7990 && XEXP (before_comparison, 1) == const0_rtx
7991 && ! reg_set_between_p (bl->biv->dest_reg, p, loop_start)
7992 && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) == -1)
7994 if (! find_reg_note (jump, REG_NONNEG, NULL_RTX))
7995 REG_NOTES (jump)
7996 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG, bl->biv->dest_reg,
7997 REG_NOTES (jump));
7998 bl->nonneg = 1;
8000 return 1;
8004 else if (GET_CODE (bl->biv->add_val) == CONST_INT
8005 && INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val) > 0)
8007 /* Try to change inc to dec, so can apply above optimization. */
8008 /* Can do this if:
8009 all registers modified are induction variables or invariant,
8010 all memory references have non-overlapping addresses
8011 (obviously true if only one write)
8012 allow 2 insns for the compare/jump at the end of the loop. */
8013 /* Also, we must avoid any instructions which use both the reversed
8014 biv and another biv. Such instructions will fail if the loop is
8015 reversed. We meet this condition by requiring that either
8016 no_use_except_counting is true, or else that there is only
8017 one biv. */
8018 int num_nonfixed_reads = 0;
8019 /* 1 if the iteration var is used only to count iterations. */
8020 int no_use_except_counting = 0;
8021 /* 1 if the loop has no memory store, or it has a single memory store
8022 which is reversible. */
8023 int reversible_mem_store = 1;
8025 if (bl->giv_count == 0
8026 && !loop->exit_count
8027 && !loop_info->has_multiple_exit_targets)
8029 rtx bivreg = regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno];
8030 struct iv_class *blt;
8032 /* If there are no givs for this biv, and the only exit is the
8033 fall through at the end of the loop, then
8034 see if perhaps there are no uses except to count. */
8035 no_use_except_counting = 1;
8036 for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
8037 if (INSN_P (p))
8039 rtx set = single_set (p);
8041 if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
8042 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == bl->regno)
8043 /* An insn that sets the biv is okay. */
8045 else if ((p == prev_nonnote_insn (prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
8046 || p == prev_nonnote_insn (loop_end))
8047 && reg_mentioned_p (bivreg, PATTERN (p)))
8049 /* If either of these insns uses the biv and sets a pseudo
8050 that has more than one usage, then the biv has uses
8051 other than counting since it's used to derive a value
8052 that is used more than one time. */
8053 note_stores (PATTERN (p), note_set_pseudo_multiple_uses,
8054 regs);
8055 if (regs->multiple_uses)
8057 no_use_except_counting = 0;
8058 break;
8061 else if (reg_mentioned_p (bivreg, PATTERN (p)))
8063 no_use_except_counting = 0;
8064 break;
8068 /* A biv has uses besides counting if it is used to set
8069 another biv. */
8070 for (blt = ivs->list; blt; blt = blt->next)
8071 if (blt->init_set
8072 && reg_mentioned_p (bivreg, SET_SRC (blt->init_set)))
8074 no_use_except_counting = 0;
8075 break;
8079 if (no_use_except_counting)
8080 /* No need to worry about MEMs. */
8082 else if (loop_info->num_mem_sets <= 1)
8084 for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
8085 if (INSN_P (p))
8086 num_nonfixed_reads += count_nonfixed_reads (loop, PATTERN (p));
8088 /* If the loop has a single store, and the destination address is
8089 invariant, then we can't reverse the loop, because this address
8090 might then have the wrong value at loop exit.
8091 This would work if the source was invariant also, however, in that
8092 case, the insn should have been moved out of the loop. */
8094 if (loop_info->num_mem_sets == 1)
8096 struct induction *v;
8098 /* If we could prove that each of the memory locations
8099 written to was different, then we could reverse the
8100 store -- but we don't presently have any way of
8101 knowing that. */
8102 reversible_mem_store = 0;
8104 /* If the store depends on a register that is set after the
8105 store, it depends on the initial value, and is thus not
8106 reversible. */
8107 for (v = bl->giv; reversible_mem_store && v; v = v->next_iv)
8109 if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG
8110 && reg_mentioned_p (v->dest_reg,
8111 PATTERN (loop_info->first_loop_store_insn))
8112 && loop_insn_first_p (loop_info->first_loop_store_insn,
8113 v->insn))
8114 reversible_mem_store = 0;
8118 else
8119 return 0;
8121 /* This code only acts for innermost loops. Also it simplifies
8122 the memory address check by only reversing loops with
8123 zero or one memory access.
8124 Two memory accesses could involve parts of the same array,
8125 and that can't be reversed.
8126 If the biv is used only for counting, than we don't need to worry
8127 about all these things. */
8129 if ((num_nonfixed_reads <= 1
8130 && ! loop_info->has_nonconst_call
8131 && ! loop_info->has_volatile
8132 && reversible_mem_store
8133 && (bl->giv_count + bl->biv_count + loop_info->num_mem_sets
8134 + num_unmoved_movables (loop) + compare_and_branch == insn_count)
8135 && (bl == ivs->list && bl->next == 0))
8136 || no_use_except_counting)
8138 rtx tem;
8140 /* Loop can be reversed. */
8141 if (loop_dump_stream)
8142 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Can reverse loop\n");
8144 /* Now check other conditions:
8146 The increment must be a constant, as must the initial value,
8147 and the comparison code must be LT.
8149 This test can probably be improved since +/- 1 in the constant
8150 can be obtained by changing LT to LE and vice versa; this is
8151 confusing. */
8153 if (comparison
8154 /* for constants, LE gets turned into LT */
8155 && (GET_CODE (comparison) == LT
8156 || (GET_CODE (comparison) == LE
8157 && no_use_except_counting)))
8159 HOST_WIDE_INT add_val, add_adjust, comparison_val = 0;
8160 rtx initial_value, comparison_value;
8161 int nonneg = 0;
8162 enum rtx_code cmp_code;
8163 int comparison_const_width;
8164 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT comparison_sign_mask;
8166 add_val = INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val);
8167 comparison_value = XEXP (comparison, 1);
8168 if (GET_MODE (comparison_value) == VOIDmode)
8169 comparison_const_width
8170 = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (comparison, 0)));
8171 else
8172 comparison_const_width
8173 = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (comparison_value));
8174 if (comparison_const_width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8175 comparison_const_width = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
8176 comparison_sign_mask
8177 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (comparison_const_width - 1);
8179 /* If the comparison value is not a loop invariant, then we
8180 can not reverse this loop.
8182 ??? If the insns which initialize the comparison value as
8183 a whole compute an invariant result, then we could move
8184 them out of the loop and proceed with loop reversal. */
8185 if (! loop_invariant_p (loop, comparison_value))
8186 return 0;
8188 if (GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT)
8189 comparison_val = INTVAL (comparison_value);
8190 initial_value = bl->initial_value;
8192 /* Normalize the initial value if it is an integer and
8193 has no other use except as a counter. This will allow
8194 a few more loops to be reversed. */
8195 if (no_use_except_counting
8196 && GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT
8197 && GET_CODE (initial_value) == CONST_INT)
8199 comparison_val = comparison_val - INTVAL (bl->initial_value);
8200 /* The code below requires comparison_val to be a multiple
8201 of add_val in order to do the loop reversal, so
8202 round up comparison_val to a multiple of add_val.
8203 Since comparison_value is constant, we know that the
8204 current comparison code is LT. */
8205 comparison_val = comparison_val + add_val - 1;
8206 comparison_val
8207 -= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) comparison_val % add_val;
8208 /* We postpone overflow checks for COMPARISON_VAL here;
8209 even if there is an overflow, we might still be able to
8210 reverse the loop, if converting the loop exit test to
8211 NE is possible. */
8212 initial_value = const0_rtx;
8215 /* First check if we can do a vanilla loop reversal. */
8216 if (initial_value == const0_rtx
8217 /* If we have a decrement_and_branch_on_count,
8218 prefer the NE test, since this will allow that
8219 instruction to be generated. Note that we must
8220 use a vanilla loop reversal if the biv is used to
8221 calculate a giv or has a non-counting use. */
8222 #if ! defined (HAVE_decrement_and_branch_until_zero) \
8223 && defined (HAVE_decrement_and_branch_on_count)
8224 && (! (add_val == 1 && loop->vtop
8225 && (bl->biv_count == 0
8226 || no_use_except_counting)))
8227 #endif
8228 && GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT
8229 /* Now do postponed overflow checks on COMPARISON_VAL. */
8230 && ! (((comparison_val - add_val) ^ INTVAL (comparison_value))
8231 & comparison_sign_mask))
8233 /* Register will always be nonnegative, with value
8234 0 on last iteration */
8235 add_adjust = add_val;
8236 nonneg = 1;
8237 cmp_code = GE;
8239 else if (add_val == 1 && loop->vtop
8240 && (bl->biv_count == 0
8241 || no_use_except_counting))
8243 add_adjust = 0;
8244 cmp_code = NE;
8246 else
8247 return 0;
8249 if (GET_CODE (comparison) == LE)
8250 add_adjust -= add_val;
8252 /* If the initial value is not zero, or if the comparison
8253 value is not an exact multiple of the increment, then we
8254 can not reverse this loop. */
8255 if (initial_value == const0_rtx
8256 && GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT)
8258 if (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) comparison_val % add_val) != 0)
8259 return 0;
8261 else
8263 if (! no_use_except_counting || add_val != 1)
8264 return 0;
8267 final_value = comparison_value;
8269 /* Reset these in case we normalized the initial value
8270 and comparison value above. */
8271 if (GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT
8272 && GET_CODE (initial_value) == CONST_INT)
8274 comparison_value = GEN_INT (comparison_val);
8275 final_value
8276 = GEN_INT (comparison_val + INTVAL (bl->initial_value));
8278 bl->initial_value = initial_value;
8280 /* Save some info needed to produce the new insns. */
8281 reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
8282 jump_label = condjump_label (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
8283 new_add_val = GEN_INT (-INTVAL (bl->biv->add_val));
8285 /* Set start_value; if this is not a CONST_INT, we need
8286 to generate a SUB.
8287 Initialize biv to start_value before loop start.
8288 The old initializing insn will be deleted as a
8289 dead store by flow.c. */
8290 if (initial_value == const0_rtx
8291 && GET_CODE (comparison_value) == CONST_INT)
8293 start_value = GEN_INT (comparison_val - add_adjust);
8294 loop_insn_hoist (loop, gen_move_insn (reg, start_value));
8296 else if (GET_CODE (initial_value) == CONST_INT)
8298 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
8299 rtx offset = GEN_INT (-INTVAL (initial_value) - add_adjust);
8300 rtx add_insn = gen_add3_insn (reg, comparison_value, offset);
8302 if (add_insn == 0)
8303 return 0;
8305 start_value
8306 = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, comparison_value, offset);
8307 loop_insn_hoist (loop, add_insn);
8308 if (GET_CODE (comparison) == LE)
8309 final_value = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, comparison_value,
8310 GEN_INT (add_val));
8312 else if (! add_adjust)
8314 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
8315 rtx sub_insn = gen_sub3_insn (reg, comparison_value,
8316 initial_value);
8318 if (sub_insn == 0)
8319 return 0;
8320 start_value
8321 = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, comparison_value, initial_value);
8322 loop_insn_hoist (loop, sub_insn);
8324 else
8325 /* We could handle the other cases too, but it'll be
8326 better to have a testcase first. */
8327 return 0;
8329 /* We may not have a single insn which can increment a reg, so
8330 create a sequence to hold all the insns from expand_inc. */
8331 start_sequence ();
8332 expand_inc (reg, new_add_val);
8333 tem = gen_sequence ();
8334 end_sequence ();
8336 p = loop_insn_emit_before (loop, 0, bl->biv->insn, tem);
8337 delete_insn (bl->biv->insn);
8339 /* Update biv info to reflect its new status. */
8340 bl->biv->insn = p;
8341 bl->initial_value = start_value;
8342 bl->biv->add_val = new_add_val;
8344 /* Update loop info. */
8345 loop_info->initial_value = reg;
8346 loop_info->initial_equiv_value = reg;
8347 loop_info->final_value = const0_rtx;
8348 loop_info->final_equiv_value = const0_rtx;
8349 loop_info->comparison_value = const0_rtx;
8350 loop_info->comparison_code = cmp_code;
8351 loop_info->increment = new_add_val;
8353 /* Inc LABEL_NUSES so that delete_insn will
8354 not delete the label. */
8355 LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (jump_label, 0))++;
8357 /* Emit an insn after the end of the loop to set the biv's
8358 proper exit value if it is used anywhere outside the loop. */
8359 if ((REGNO_LAST_UID (bl->regno) != INSN_UID (first_compare))
8360 || ! bl->init_insn
8361 || REGNO_FIRST_UID (bl->regno) != INSN_UID (bl->init_insn))
8362 loop_insn_sink (loop, gen_move_insn (reg, final_value));
8364 /* Delete compare/branch at end of loop. */
8365 delete_related_insns (PREV_INSN (loop_end));
8366 if (compare_and_branch == 2)
8367 delete_related_insns (first_compare);
8369 /* Add new compare/branch insn at end of loop. */
8370 start_sequence ();
8371 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (reg, const0_rtx, cmp_code, NULL_RTX,
8372 GET_MODE (reg), 0,
8373 XEXP (jump_label, 0));
8374 tem = gen_sequence ();
8375 end_sequence ();
8376 emit_jump_insn_before (tem, loop_end);
8378 for (tem = PREV_INSN (loop_end);
8379 tem && GET_CODE (tem) != JUMP_INSN;
8380 tem = PREV_INSN (tem))
8383 if (tem)
8384 JUMP_LABEL (tem) = XEXP (jump_label, 0);
8386 if (nonneg)
8388 if (tem)
8390 /* Increment of LABEL_NUSES done above. */
8391 /* Register is now always nonnegative,
8392 so add REG_NONNEG note to the branch. */
8393 REG_NOTES (tem) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_NONNEG, reg,
8394 REG_NOTES (tem));
8396 bl->nonneg = 1;
8399 /* No insn may reference both the reversed and another biv or it
8400 will fail (see comment near the top of the loop reversal
8401 code).
8402 Earlier on, we have verified that the biv has no use except
8403 counting, or it is the only biv in this function.
8404 However, the code that computes no_use_except_counting does
8405 not verify reg notes. It's possible to have an insn that
8406 references another biv, and has a REG_EQUAL note with an
8407 expression based on the reversed biv. To avoid this case,
8408 remove all REG_EQUAL notes based on the reversed biv
8409 here. */
8410 for (p = loop_start; p != loop_end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
8411 if (INSN_P (p))
8413 rtx *pnote;
8414 rtx set = single_set (p);
8415 /* If this is a set of a GIV based on the reversed biv, any
8416 REG_EQUAL notes should still be correct. */
8417 if (! set
8418 || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) != REG
8419 || (size_t) REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= ivs->n_regs
8420 || REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (SET_DEST (set))) != GENERAL_INDUCT
8421 || REG_IV_INFO (ivs, REGNO (SET_DEST (set)))->src_reg != bl->biv->src_reg)
8422 for (pnote = &REG_NOTES (p); *pnote;)
8424 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (*pnote) == REG_EQUAL
8425 && reg_mentioned_p (regno_reg_rtx[bl->regno],
8426 XEXP (*pnote, 0)))
8427 *pnote = XEXP (*pnote, 1);
8428 else
8429 pnote = &XEXP (*pnote, 1);
8433 /* Mark that this biv has been reversed. Each giv which depends
8434 on this biv, and which is also live past the end of the loop
8435 will have to be fixed up. */
8437 bl->reversed = 1;
8439 if (loop_dump_stream)
8441 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Reversed loop");
8442 if (bl->nonneg)
8443 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " and added reg_nonneg\n");
8444 else
8445 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "\n");
8448 return 1;
8453 return 0;
8456 /* Verify whether the biv BL appears to be eliminable,
8457 based on the insns in the loop that refer to it.
8459 If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.
8461 THRESHOLD and INSN_COUNT are from loop_optimize and are used to
8462 determine whether invariant insns should be placed inside or at the
8463 start of the loop. */
8465 static int
8466 maybe_eliminate_biv (loop, bl, eliminate_p, threshold, insn_count)
8467 const struct loop *loop;
8468 struct iv_class *bl;
8469 int eliminate_p;
8470 int threshold, insn_count;
8472 struct loop_ivs *ivs = LOOP_IVS (loop);
8473 rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
8474 rtx p;
8476 /* Scan all insns in the loop, stopping if we find one that uses the
8477 biv in a way that we cannot eliminate. */
8479 for (p = loop->start; p != loop->end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
8481 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (p);
8482 basic_block where_bb = 0;
8483 rtx where_insn = threshold >= insn_count ? 0 : p;
8485 /* If this is a libcall that sets a giv, skip ahead to its end. */
8486 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'i')
8488 rtx note = find_reg_note (p, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX);
8490 if (note)
8492 rtx last = XEXP (note, 0);
8493 rtx set = single_set (last);
8495 if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
8497 unsigned int regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
8499 if (regno < ivs->n_regs
8500 && REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, regno) == GENERAL_INDUCT
8501 && REG_IV_INFO (ivs, regno)->src_reg == bl->biv->src_reg)
8502 p = last;
8506 if ((code == INSN || code == JUMP_INSN || code == CALL_INSN)
8507 && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (p))
8508 && ! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (loop, PATTERN (p), p, bl,
8509 eliminate_p, where_bb, where_insn))
8511 if (loop_dump_stream)
8512 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
8513 "Cannot eliminate biv %d: biv used in insn %d.\n",
8514 bl->regno, INSN_UID (p));
8515 break;
8519 if (p == loop->end)
8521 if (loop_dump_stream)
8522 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "biv %d %s eliminated.\n",
8523 bl->regno, eliminate_p ? "was" : "can be");
8524 return 1;
8527 return 0;
8530 /* INSN and REFERENCE are instructions in the same insn chain.
8531 Return non-zero if INSN is first. */
8534 loop_insn_first_p (insn, reference)
8535 rtx insn, reference;
8537 rtx p, q;
8539 for (p = insn, q = reference;;)
8541 /* Start with test for not first so that INSN == REFERENCE yields not
8542 first. */
8543 if (q == insn || ! p)
8544 return 0;
8545 if (p == reference || ! q)
8546 return 1;
8548 /* Either of P or Q might be a NOTE. Notes have the same LUID as the
8549 previous insn, hence the <= comparison below does not work if
8550 P is a note. */
8551 if (INSN_UID (p) < max_uid_for_loop
8552 && INSN_UID (q) < max_uid_for_loop
8553 && GET_CODE (p) != NOTE)
8554 return INSN_LUID (p) <= INSN_LUID (q);
8556 if (INSN_UID (p) >= max_uid_for_loop
8557 || GET_CODE (p) == NOTE)
8558 p = NEXT_INSN (p);
8559 if (INSN_UID (q) >= max_uid_for_loop)
8560 q = NEXT_INSN (q);
8564 /* We are trying to eliminate BIV in INSN using GIV. Return non-zero if
8565 the offset that we have to take into account due to auto-increment /
8566 div derivation is zero. */
8567 static int
8568 biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (biv, giv, insn)
8569 struct induction *biv, *giv;
8570 rtx insn;
8572 /* If the giv V had the auto-inc address optimization applied
8573 to it, and INSN occurs between the giv insn and the biv
8574 insn, then we'd have to adjust the value used here.
8575 This is rare, so we don't bother to make this possible. */
8576 if (giv->auto_inc_opt
8577 && ((loop_insn_first_p (giv->insn, insn)
8578 && loop_insn_first_p (insn, biv->insn))
8579 || (loop_insn_first_p (biv->insn, insn)
8580 && loop_insn_first_p (insn, giv->insn))))
8581 return 0;
8583 return 1;
8586 /* If BL appears in X (part of the pattern of INSN), see if we can
8587 eliminate its use. If so, return 1. If not, return 0.
8589 If BIV does not appear in X, return 1.
8591 If ELIMINATE_P is non-zero, actually do the elimination.
8592 WHERE_INSN/WHERE_BB indicate where extra insns should be added.
8593 Depending on how many items have been moved out of the loop, it
8594 will either be before INSN (when WHERE_INSN is non-zero) or at the
8595 start of the loop (when WHERE_INSN is zero). */
8597 static int
8598 maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (loop, x, insn, bl, eliminate_p, where_bb, where_insn)
8599 const struct loop *loop;
8600 rtx x, insn;
8601 struct iv_class *bl;
8602 int eliminate_p;
8603 basic_block where_bb;
8604 rtx where_insn;
8606 enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
8607 rtx reg = bl->biv->dest_reg;
8608 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (reg);
8609 struct induction *v;
8610 rtx arg, tem;
8611 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
8612 rtx new;
8613 #endif
8614 int arg_operand;
8615 const char *fmt;
8616 int i, j;
8618 switch (code)
8620 case REG:
8621 /* If we haven't already been able to do something with this BIV,
8622 we can't eliminate it. */
8623 if (x == reg)
8624 return 0;
8625 return 1;
8627 case SET:
8628 /* If this sets the BIV, it is not a problem. */
8629 if (SET_DEST (x) == reg)
8630 return 1;
8632 /* If this is an insn that defines a giv, it is also ok because
8633 it will go away when the giv is reduced. */
8634 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
8635 if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG && SET_DEST (x) == v->dest_reg)
8636 return 1;
8638 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
8639 if (SET_DEST (x) == cc0_rtx && SET_SRC (x) == reg)
8641 /* Can replace with any giv that was reduced and
8642 that has (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL == 0).
8643 Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.
8644 ??? We disable this optimization to avoid potential
8645 overflows. */
8647 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
8648 if (GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
8649 && v->add_val == const0_rtx
8650 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
8651 && v->mode == mode
8652 && 0)
8654 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl->biv, v, insn))
8655 continue;
8657 if (! eliminate_p)
8658 return 1;
8660 /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
8661 then reverse the comparison. */
8662 if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
8663 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (GET_MODE (v->new_reg),
8664 const0_rtx, v->new_reg);
8665 else
8666 new = v->new_reg;
8668 /* We can probably test that giv's reduced reg. */
8669 if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (x), new, 0))
8670 return 1;
8673 /* Look for a giv with (MULT_VAL != 0) and (ADD_VAL != 0);
8674 replace test insn with a compare insn (cmp REDUCED_GIV ADD_VAL).
8675 Require a constant for MULT_VAL, so we know it's nonzero.
8676 ??? Do this only if ADD_VAL is a pointer to avoid a potential
8677 overflow problem. */
8679 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
8680 if (GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT
8681 && v->mult_val != const0_rtx
8682 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
8683 && v->mode == mode
8684 && (GET_CODE (v->add_val) == SYMBOL_REF
8685 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) == LABEL_REF
8686 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST
8687 || (GET_CODE (v->add_val) == REG
8688 && REG_POINTER (v->add_val))))
8690 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl->biv, v, insn))
8691 continue;
8693 if (! eliminate_p)
8694 return 1;
8696 /* If the giv has the opposite direction of change,
8697 then reverse the comparison. */
8698 if (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0)
8699 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (VOIDmode, copy_rtx (v->add_val),
8700 v->new_reg);
8701 else
8702 new = gen_rtx_COMPARE (VOIDmode, v->new_reg,
8703 copy_rtx (v->add_val));
8705 /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced register. */
8706 update_reg_last_use (v->add_val, insn);
8707 if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), new, 0))
8708 return 1;
8710 /* Insn doesn't support that constant or invariant. Copy it
8711 into a register (it will be a loop invariant.) */
8712 tem = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (v->new_reg));
8714 loop_insn_emit_before (loop, 0, where_insn,
8715 gen_move_insn (tem,
8716 copy_rtx (v->add_val)));
8718 /* Substitute the new register for its invariant value in
8719 the compare expression. */
8720 XEXP (new, (INTVAL (v->mult_val) < 0) ? 0 : 1) = tem;
8721 if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn)), new, 0))
8722 return 1;
8725 #endif
8726 break;
8728 case COMPARE:
8729 case EQ: case NE:
8730 case GT: case GE: case GTU: case GEU:
8731 case LT: case LE: case LTU: case LEU:
8732 /* See if either argument is the biv. */
8733 if (XEXP (x, 0) == reg)
8734 arg = XEXP (x, 1), arg_operand = 1;
8735 else if (XEXP (x, 1) == reg)
8736 arg = XEXP (x, 0), arg_operand = 0;
8737 else
8738 break;
8740 if (CONSTANT_P (arg))
8742 /* First try to replace with any giv that has constant positive
8743 mult_val and constant add_val. We might be able to support
8744 negative mult_val, but it seems complex to do it in general. */
8746 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
8747 if (GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT
8748 && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
8749 && (GET_CODE (v->add_val) == SYMBOL_REF
8750 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) == LABEL_REF
8751 || GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST
8752 || (GET_CODE (v->add_val) == REG
8753 && REG_POINTER (v->add_val)))
8754 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
8755 && v->mode == mode)
8757 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl->biv, v, insn))
8758 continue;
8760 if (! eliminate_p)
8761 return 1;
8763 /* Replace biv with the giv's reduced reg. */
8764 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand), v->new_reg, 1);
8766 /* If all constants are actually constant integers and
8767 the derived constant can be directly placed in the COMPARE,
8768 do so. */
8769 if (GET_CODE (arg) == CONST_INT
8770 && GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT
8771 && GET_CODE (v->add_val) == CONST_INT)
8773 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand),
8774 GEN_INT (INTVAL (arg)
8775 * INTVAL (v->mult_val)
8776 + INTVAL (v->add_val)), 1);
8778 else
8780 /* Otherwise, load it into a register. */
8781 tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
8782 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop, arg,
8783 v->mult_val, v->add_val,
8784 tem, where_bb, where_insn);
8785 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
8787 if (apply_change_group ())
8788 return 1;
8791 /* Look for giv with positive constant mult_val and nonconst add_val.
8792 Insert insns to calculate new compare value.
8793 ??? Turn this off due to possible overflow. */
8795 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
8796 if (GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT
8797 && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
8798 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
8799 && v->mode == mode
8800 && 0)
8802 rtx tem;
8804 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl->biv, v, insn))
8805 continue;
8807 if (! eliminate_p)
8808 return 1;
8810 tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
8812 /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register. */
8813 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
8814 v->new_reg, 1);
8816 /* Compute value to compare against. */
8817 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop, arg,
8818 v->mult_val, v->add_val,
8819 tem, where_bb, where_insn);
8820 /* Use it in this insn. */
8821 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
8822 if (apply_change_group ())
8823 return 1;
8826 else if (GET_CODE (arg) == REG || GET_CODE (arg) == MEM)
8828 if (loop_invariant_p (loop, arg) == 1)
8830 /* Look for giv with constant positive mult_val and nonconst
8831 add_val. Insert insns to compute new compare value.
8832 ??? Turn this off due to possible overflow. */
8834 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
8835 if (GET_CODE (v->mult_val) == CONST_INT && INTVAL (v->mult_val) > 0
8836 && ! v->ignore && ! v->maybe_dead && v->always_computable
8837 && v->mode == mode
8838 && 0)
8840 rtx tem;
8842 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl->biv, v, insn))
8843 continue;
8845 if (! eliminate_p)
8846 return 1;
8848 tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
8850 /* Replace biv with giv's reduced register. */
8851 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand),
8852 v->new_reg, 1);
8854 /* Compute value to compare against. */
8855 loop_iv_add_mult_emit_before (loop, arg,
8856 v->mult_val, v->add_val,
8857 tem, where_bb, where_insn);
8858 validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, arg_operand), tem, 1);
8859 if (apply_change_group ())
8860 return 1;
8864 /* This code has problems. Basically, you can't know when
8865 seeing if we will eliminate BL, whether a particular giv
8866 of ARG will be reduced. If it isn't going to be reduced,
8867 we can't eliminate BL. We can try forcing it to be reduced,
8868 but that can generate poor code.
8870 The problem is that the benefit of reducing TV, below should
8871 be increased if BL can actually be eliminated, but this means
8872 we might have to do a topological sort of the order in which
8873 we try to process biv. It doesn't seem worthwhile to do
8874 this sort of thing now. */
8876 #if 0
8877 /* Otherwise the reg compared with had better be a biv. */
8878 if (GET_CODE (arg) != REG
8879 || REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (arg)) != BASIC_INDUCT)
8880 return 0;
8882 /* Look for a pair of givs, one for each biv,
8883 with identical coefficients. */
8884 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
8886 struct induction *tv;
8888 if (v->ignore || v->maybe_dead || v->mode != mode)
8889 continue;
8891 for (tv = REG_IV_CLASS (ivs, REGNO (arg))->giv; tv;
8892 tv = tv->next_iv)
8893 if (! tv->ignore && ! tv->maybe_dead
8894 && rtx_equal_p (tv->mult_val, v->mult_val)
8895 && rtx_equal_p (tv->add_val, v->add_val)
8896 && tv->mode == mode)
8898 if (! biv_elimination_giv_has_0_offset (bl->biv, v, insn))
8899 continue;
8901 if (! eliminate_p)
8902 return 1;
8904 /* Replace biv with its giv's reduced reg. */
8905 XEXP (x, 1 - arg_operand) = v->new_reg;
8906 /* Replace other operand with the other giv's
8907 reduced reg. */
8908 XEXP (x, arg_operand) = tv->new_reg;
8909 return 1;
8912 #endif
8915 /* If we get here, the biv can't be eliminated. */
8916 return 0;
8918 case MEM:
8919 /* If this address is a DEST_ADDR giv, it doesn't matter if the
8920 biv is used in it, since it will be replaced. */
8921 for (v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv)
8922 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR && v->location == &XEXP (x, 0))
8923 return 1;
8924 break;
8926 default:
8927 break;
8930 /* See if any subexpression fails elimination. */
8931 fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
8932 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
8934 switch (fmt[i])
8936 case 'e':
8937 if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (loop, XEXP (x, i), insn, bl,
8938 eliminate_p, where_bb, where_insn))
8939 return 0;
8940 break;
8942 case 'E':
8943 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
8944 if (! maybe_eliminate_biv_1 (loop, XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn, bl,
8945 eliminate_p, where_bb, where_insn))
8946 return 0;
8947 break;
8951 return 1;
8954 /* Return nonzero if the last use of REG
8955 is in an insn following INSN in the same basic block. */
8957 static int
8958 last_use_this_basic_block (reg, insn)
8959 rtx reg;
8960 rtx insn;
8962 rtx n;
8963 for (n = insn;
8964 n && GET_CODE (n) != CODE_LABEL && GET_CODE (n) != JUMP_INSN;
8965 n = NEXT_INSN (n))
8967 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (reg)) == INSN_UID (n))
8968 return 1;
8970 return 0;
8973 /* Called via `note_stores' to record the initial value of a biv. Here we
8974 just record the location of the set and process it later. */
8976 static void
8977 record_initial (dest, set, data)
8978 rtx dest;
8979 rtx set;
8980 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8982 struct loop_ivs *ivs = (struct loop_ivs *) data;
8983 struct iv_class *bl;
8985 if (GET_CODE (dest) != REG
8986 || REGNO (dest) >= ivs->n_regs
8987 || REG_IV_TYPE (ivs, REGNO (dest)) != BASIC_INDUCT)
8988 return;
8990 bl = REG_IV_CLASS (ivs, REGNO (dest));
8992 /* If this is the first set found, record it. */
8993 if (bl->init_insn == 0)
8995 bl->init_insn = note_insn;
8996 bl->init_set = set;
9000 /* If any of the registers in X are "old" and currently have a last use earlier
9001 than INSN, update them to have a last use of INSN. Their actual last use
9002 will be the previous insn but it will not have a valid uid_luid so we can't
9003 use it. X must be a source expression only. */
9005 static void
9006 update_reg_last_use (x, insn)
9007 rtx x;
9008 rtx insn;
9010 /* Check for the case where INSN does not have a valid luid. In this case,
9011 there is no need to modify the regno_last_uid, as this can only happen
9012 when code is inserted after the loop_end to set a pseudo's final value,
9013 and hence this insn will never be the last use of x.
9014 ???? This comment is not correct. See for example loop_givs_reduce.
9015 This may insert an insn before another new insn. */
9016 if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < max_reg_before_loop
9017 && INSN_UID (insn) < max_uid_for_loop
9018 && REGNO_LAST_LUID (REGNO (x)) < INSN_LUID (insn))
9020 REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (x)) = INSN_UID (insn);
9022 else
9024 int i, j;
9025 const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
9026 for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
9028 if (fmt[i] == 'e')
9029 update_reg_last_use (XEXP (x, i), insn);
9030 else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
9031 for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
9032 update_reg_last_use (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn);
9037 /* Given an insn INSN and condition COND, return the condition in a
9038 canonical form to simplify testing by callers. Specifically:
9040 (1) The code will always be a comparison operation (EQ, NE, GT, etc.).
9041 (2) Both operands will be machine operands; (cc0) will have been replaced.
9042 (3) If an operand is a constant, it will be the second operand.
9043 (4) (LE x const) will be replaced with (LT x <const+1>) and similarly
9044 for GE, GEU, and LEU.
9046 If the condition cannot be understood, or is an inequality floating-point
9047 comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will be returned.
9049 If REVERSE is non-zero, then reverse the condition prior to canonizing it.
9051 If EARLIEST is non-zero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
9052 insn used in locating the condition was found. If a replacement test
9053 of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
9054 insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid.
9056 If WANT_REG is non-zero, we wish the condition to be relative to that
9057 register, if possible. Therefore, do not canonicalize the condition
9058 further. */
9061 canonicalize_condition (insn, cond, reverse, earliest, want_reg)
9062 rtx insn;
9063 rtx cond;
9064 int reverse;
9065 rtx *earliest;
9066 rtx want_reg;
9068 enum rtx_code code;
9069 rtx prev = insn;
9070 rtx set;
9071 rtx tem;
9072 rtx op0, op1;
9073 int reverse_code = 0;
9074 enum machine_mode mode;
9076 code = GET_CODE (cond);
9077 mode = GET_MODE (cond);
9078 op0 = XEXP (cond, 0);
9079 op1 = XEXP (cond, 1);
9081 if (reverse)
9082 code = reversed_comparison_code (cond, insn);
9083 if (code == UNKNOWN)
9084 return 0;
9086 if (earliest)
9087 *earliest = insn;
9089 /* If we are comparing a register with zero, see if the register is set
9090 in the previous insn to a COMPARE or a comparison operation. Perform
9091 the same tests as a function of STORE_FLAG_VALUE as find_comparison_args
9092 in cse.c */
9094 while (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<'
9095 && op1 == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0))
9096 && op0 != want_reg)
9098 /* Set non-zero when we find something of interest. */
9099 rtx x = 0;
9101 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
9102 /* If comparison with cc0, import actual comparison from compare
9103 insn. */
9104 if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
9106 if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
9107 || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
9108 || (set = single_set (prev)) == 0
9109 || SET_DEST (set) != cc0_rtx)
9110 return 0;
9112 op0 = SET_SRC (set);
9113 op1 = CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (op0));
9114 if (earliest)
9115 *earliest = prev;
9117 #endif
9119 /* If this is a COMPARE, pick up the two things being compared. */
9120 if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE)
9122 op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
9123 op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
9124 continue;
9126 else if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
9127 break;
9129 /* Go back to the previous insn. Stop if it is not an INSN. We also
9130 stop if it isn't a single set or if it has a REG_INC note because
9131 we don't want to bother dealing with it. */
9133 if ((prev = prev_nonnote_insn (prev)) == 0
9134 || GET_CODE (prev) != INSN
9135 || FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (prev, NULL_RTX))
9136 break;
9138 set = set_of (op0, prev);
9140 if (set
9141 && (GET_CODE (set) != SET
9142 || !rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set), op0)))
9143 break;
9145 /* If this is setting OP0, get what it sets it to if it looks
9146 relevant. */
9147 if (set)
9149 enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set));
9151 /* ??? We may not combine comparisons done in a CCmode with
9152 comparisons not done in a CCmode. This is to aid targets
9153 like Alpha that have an IEEE compliant EQ instruction, and
9154 a non-IEEE compliant BEQ instruction. The use of CCmode is
9155 actually artificial, simply to prevent the combination, but
9156 should not affect other platforms.
9158 However, we must allow VOIDmode comparisons to match either
9159 CCmode or non-CCmode comparison, because some ports have
9160 modeless comparisons inside branch patterns.
9162 ??? This mode check should perhaps look more like the mode check
9163 in simplify_comparison in combine. */
9165 if ((GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == COMPARE
9166 || (((code == NE
9167 || (code == LT
9168 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT
9169 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
9170 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9171 && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
9172 & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
9173 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1))))
9174 #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
9175 || (code == LT
9176 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT
9177 && (REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE
9178 (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (inner_mode))))
9179 #endif
9181 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<'))
9182 && (((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
9183 == (GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_CC))
9184 || mode == VOIDmode || inner_mode == VOIDmode))
9185 x = SET_SRC (set);
9186 else if (((code == EQ
9187 || (code == GE
9188 && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode)
9189 <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9190 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT
9191 && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
9192 & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
9193 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1))))
9194 #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
9195 || (code == GE
9196 && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT
9197 && (REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE
9198 (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (inner_mode))))
9199 #endif
9201 && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set))) == '<'
9202 && (((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_CC)
9203 == (GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_CC))
9204 || mode == VOIDmode || inner_mode == VOIDmode))
9207 reverse_code = 1;
9208 x = SET_SRC (set);
9210 else
9211 break;
9214 else if (reg_set_p (op0, prev))
9215 /* If this sets OP0, but not directly, we have to give up. */
9216 break;
9218 if (x)
9220 if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '<')
9221 code = GET_CODE (x);
9222 if (reverse_code)
9224 code = reversed_comparison_code (x, prev);
9225 if (code == UNKNOWN)
9226 return 0;
9227 reverse_code = 0;
9230 op0 = XEXP (x, 0), op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
9231 if (earliest)
9232 *earliest = prev;
9236 /* If constant is first, put it last. */
9237 if (CONSTANT_P (op0))
9238 code = swap_condition (code), tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
9240 /* If OP0 is the result of a comparison, we weren't able to find what
9241 was really being compared, so fail. */
9242 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC)
9243 return 0;
9245 /* Canonicalize any ordered comparison with integers involving equality
9246 if we can do computations in the relevant mode and we do not
9247 overflow. */
9249 if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
9250 && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
9251 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9253 HOST_WIDE_INT const_val = INTVAL (op1);
9254 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT uconst_val = const_val;
9255 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_val
9256 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (op0));
9258 switch (code)
9260 case LE:
9261 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) const_val != max_val >> 1)
9262 code = LT, op1 = GEN_INT (const_val + 1);
9263 break;
9265 /* When cross-compiling, const_val might be sign-extended from
9266 BITS_PER_WORD to HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT */
9267 case GE:
9268 if ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (const_val & max_val)
9269 != (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
9270 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) - 1))))
9271 code = GT, op1 = GEN_INT (const_val - 1);
9272 break;
9274 case LEU:
9275 if (uconst_val < max_val)
9276 code = LTU, op1 = GEN_INT (uconst_val + 1);
9277 break;
9279 case GEU:
9280 if (uconst_val != 0)
9281 code = GTU, op1 = GEN_INT (uconst_val - 1);
9282 break;
9284 default:
9285 break;
9289 #ifdef HAVE_cc0
9290 /* Never return CC0; return zero instead. */
9291 if (op0 == cc0_rtx)
9292 return 0;
9293 #endif
9295 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, VOIDmode, op0, op1);
9298 /* Given a jump insn JUMP, return the condition that will cause it to branch
9299 to its JUMP_LABEL. If the condition cannot be understood, or is an
9300 inequality floating-point comparison which needs to be reversed, 0 will
9301 be returned.
9303 If EARLIEST is non-zero, it is a pointer to a place where the earliest
9304 insn used in locating the condition was found. If a replacement test
9305 of the condition is desired, it should be placed in front of that
9306 insn and we will be sure that the inputs are still valid. */
9309 get_condition (jump, earliest)
9310 rtx jump;
9311 rtx *earliest;
9313 rtx cond;
9314 int reverse;
9315 rtx set;
9317 /* If this is not a standard conditional jump, we can't parse it. */
9318 if (GET_CODE (jump) != JUMP_INSN
9319 || ! any_condjump_p (jump))
9320 return 0;
9321 set = pc_set (jump);
9323 cond = XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0);
9325 /* If this branches to JUMP_LABEL when the condition is false, reverse
9326 the condition. */
9327 reverse
9328 = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 2)) == LABEL_REF
9329 && XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 2), 0) == JUMP_LABEL (jump);
9331 return canonicalize_condition (jump, cond, reverse, earliest, NULL_RTX);
9334 /* Similar to above routine, except that we also put an invariant last
9335 unless both operands are invariants. */
9338 get_condition_for_loop (loop, x)
9339 const struct loop *loop;
9340 rtx x;
9342 rtx comparison = get_condition (x, (rtx*) 0);
9344 if (comparison == 0
9345 || ! loop_invariant_p (loop, XEXP (comparison, 0))
9346 || loop_invariant_p (loop, XEXP (comparison, 1)))
9347 return comparison;
9349 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (swap_condition (GET_CODE (comparison)), VOIDmode,
9350 XEXP (comparison, 1), XEXP (comparison, 0));
9353 /* Scan the function and determine whether it has indirect (computed) jumps.
9355 This is taken mostly from flow.c; similar code exists elsewhere
9356 in the compiler. It may be useful to put this into rtlanal.c. */
9357 static int
9358 indirect_jump_in_function_p (start)
9359 rtx start;
9361 rtx insn;
9363 for (insn = start; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
9364 if (computed_jump_p (insn))
9365 return 1;
9367 return 0;
9370 /* Add MEM to the LOOP_MEMS array, if appropriate. See the
9371 documentation for LOOP_MEMS for the definition of `appropriate'.
9372 This function is called from prescan_loop via for_each_rtx. */
9374 static int
9375 insert_loop_mem (mem, data)
9376 rtx *mem;
9377 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9379 struct loop_info *loop_info = data;
9380 int i;
9381 rtx m = *mem;
9383 if (m == NULL_RTX)
9384 return 0;
9386 switch (GET_CODE (m))
9388 case MEM:
9389 break;
9391 case CLOBBER:
9392 /* We're not interested in MEMs that are only clobbered. */
9393 return -1;
9395 case CONST_DOUBLE:
9396 /* We're not interested in the MEM associated with a
9397 CONST_DOUBLE, so there's no need to traverse into this. */
9398 return -1;
9400 case EXPR_LIST:
9401 /* We're not interested in any MEMs that only appear in notes. */
9402 return -1;
9404 default:
9405 /* This is not a MEM. */
9406 return 0;
9409 /* See if we've already seen this MEM. */
9410 for (i = 0; i < loop_info->mems_idx; ++i)
9411 if (rtx_equal_p (m, loop_info->mems[i].mem))
9413 if (GET_MODE (m) != GET_MODE (loop_info->mems[i].mem))
9414 /* The modes of the two memory accesses are different. If
9415 this happens, something tricky is going on, and we just
9416 don't optimize accesses to this MEM. */
9417 loop_info->mems[i].optimize = 0;
9419 return 0;
9422 /* Resize the array, if necessary. */
9423 if (loop_info->mems_idx == loop_info->mems_allocated)
9425 if (loop_info->mems_allocated != 0)
9426 loop_info->mems_allocated *= 2;
9427 else
9428 loop_info->mems_allocated = 32;
9430 loop_info->mems = (loop_mem_info *)
9431 xrealloc (loop_info->mems,
9432 loop_info->mems_allocated * sizeof (loop_mem_info));
9435 /* Actually insert the MEM. */
9436 loop_info->mems[loop_info->mems_idx].mem = m;
9437 /* We can't hoist this MEM out of the loop if it's a BLKmode MEM
9438 because we can't put it in a register. We still store it in the
9439 table, though, so that if we see the same address later, but in a
9440 non-BLK mode, we'll not think we can optimize it at that point. */
9441 loop_info->mems[loop_info->mems_idx].optimize = (GET_MODE (m) != BLKmode);
9442 loop_info->mems[loop_info->mems_idx].reg = NULL_RTX;
9443 ++loop_info->mems_idx;
9445 return 0;
9449 /* Allocate REGS->ARRAY or reallocate it if it is too small.
9451 Increment REGS->ARRAY[I].SET_IN_LOOP at the index I of each
9452 register that is modified by an insn between FROM and TO. If the
9453 value of an element of REGS->array[I].SET_IN_LOOP becomes 127 or
9454 more, stop incrementing it, to avoid overflow.
9456 Store in REGS->ARRAY[I].SINGLE_USAGE the single insn in which
9457 register I is used, if it is only used once. Otherwise, it is set
9458 to 0 (for no uses) or const0_rtx for more than one use. This
9459 parameter may be zero, in which case this processing is not done.
9461 Set REGS->ARRAY[I].MAY_NOT_OPTIMIZE nonzero if we should not
9462 optimize register I. */
9464 static void
9465 loop_regs_scan (loop, extra_size)
9466 const struct loop *loop;
9467 int extra_size;
9469 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
9470 int old_nregs;
9471 /* last_set[n] is nonzero iff reg n has been set in the current
9472 basic block. In that case, it is the insn that last set reg n. */
9473 rtx *last_set;
9474 rtx insn;
9475 int i;
9477 old_nregs = regs->num;
9478 regs->num = max_reg_num ();
9480 /* Grow the regs array if not allocated or too small. */
9481 if (regs->num >= regs->size)
9483 regs->size = regs->num + extra_size;
9485 regs->array = (struct loop_reg *)
9486 xrealloc (regs->array, regs->size * sizeof (*regs->array));
9488 /* Zero the new elements. */
9489 memset (regs->array + old_nregs, 0,
9490 (regs->size - old_nregs) * sizeof (*regs->array));
9493 /* Clear previously scanned fields but do not clear n_times_set. */
9494 for (i = 0; i < old_nregs; i++)
9496 regs->array[i].set_in_loop = 0;
9497 regs->array[i].may_not_optimize = 0;
9498 regs->array[i].single_usage = NULL_RTX;
9501 last_set = (rtx *) xcalloc (regs->num, sizeof (rtx));
9503 /* Scan the loop, recording register usage. */
9504 for (insn = loop->top ? loop->top : loop->start; insn != loop->end;
9505 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
9507 if (INSN_P (insn))
9509 /* Record registers that have exactly one use. */
9510 find_single_use_in_loop (regs, insn, PATTERN (insn));
9512 /* Include uses in REG_EQUAL notes. */
9513 if (REG_NOTES (insn))
9514 find_single_use_in_loop (regs, insn, REG_NOTES (insn));
9516 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
9517 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
9518 count_one_set (regs, insn, PATTERN (insn), last_set);
9519 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
9521 int i;
9522 for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
9523 count_one_set (regs, insn, XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i),
9524 last_set);
9528 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
9529 memset (last_set, 0, regs->num * sizeof (rtx));
9532 /* Invalidate all hard registers clobbered by calls. With one exception:
9533 a call-clobbered PIC register is still function-invariant for our
9534 purposes, since we can hoist any PIC calculations out of the loop.
9535 Thus the call to rtx_varies_p. */
9536 if (LOOP_INFO (loop)->has_call)
9537 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
9538 if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, i)
9539 && rtx_varies_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, i), /*for_alias=*/1))
9541 regs->array[i].may_not_optimize = 1;
9542 regs->array[i].set_in_loop = 1;
9545 #ifdef AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
9546 /* Don't try to move insns which set CC registers if we should not
9547 create CCmode register copies. */
9548 for (i = regs->num - 1; i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i--)
9549 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i])) == MODE_CC)
9550 regs->array[i].may_not_optimize = 1;
9551 #endif
9553 /* Set regs->array[I].n_times_set for the new registers. */
9554 for (i = old_nregs; i < regs->num; i++)
9555 regs->array[i].n_times_set = regs->array[i].set_in_loop;
9557 free (last_set);
9560 /* Returns the number of real INSNs in the LOOP. */
9562 static int
9563 count_insns_in_loop (loop)
9564 const struct loop *loop;
9566 int count = 0;
9567 rtx insn;
9569 for (insn = loop->top ? loop->top : loop->start; insn != loop->end;
9570 insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
9571 if (INSN_P (insn))
9572 ++count;
9574 return count;
9577 /* Move MEMs into registers for the duration of the loop. */
9579 static void
9580 load_mems (loop)
9581 const struct loop *loop;
9583 struct loop_info *loop_info = LOOP_INFO (loop);
9584 struct loop_regs *regs = LOOP_REGS (loop);
9585 int maybe_never = 0;
9586 int i;
9587 rtx p, prev_ebb_head;
9588 rtx label = NULL_RTX;
9589 rtx end_label;
9590 /* Nonzero if the next instruction may never be executed. */
9591 int next_maybe_never = 0;
9592 unsigned int last_max_reg = max_reg_num ();
9594 if (loop_info->mems_idx == 0)
9595 return;
9597 /* We cannot use next_label here because it skips over normal insns. */
9598 end_label = next_nonnote_insn (loop->end);
9599 if (end_label && GET_CODE (end_label) != CODE_LABEL)
9600 end_label = NULL_RTX;
9602 /* Check to see if it's possible that some instructions in the loop are
9603 never executed. Also check if there is a goto out of the loop other
9604 than right after the end of the loop. */
9605 for (p = next_insn_in_loop (loop, loop->scan_start);
9606 p != NULL_RTX;
9607 p = next_insn_in_loop (loop, p))
9609 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
9610 maybe_never = 1;
9611 else if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
9612 /* If we enter the loop in the middle, and scan
9613 around to the beginning, don't set maybe_never
9614 for that. This must be an unconditional jump,
9615 otherwise the code at the top of the loop might
9616 never be executed. Unconditional jumps are
9617 followed a by barrier then loop end. */
9618 && ! (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN
9619 && JUMP_LABEL (p) == loop->top
9620 && NEXT_INSN (NEXT_INSN (p)) == loop->end
9621 && any_uncondjump_p (p)))
9623 /* If this is a jump outside of the loop but not right
9624 after the end of the loop, we would have to emit new fixup
9625 sequences for each such label. */
9626 if (/* If we can't tell where control might go when this
9627 JUMP_INSN is executed, we must be conservative. */
9628 !JUMP_LABEL (p)
9629 || (JUMP_LABEL (p) != end_label
9630 && (INSN_UID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) >= max_uid_for_loop
9631 || INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) < INSN_LUID (loop->start)
9632 || INSN_LUID (JUMP_LABEL (p)) > INSN_LUID (loop->end))))
9633 return;
9635 if (!any_condjump_p (p))
9636 /* Something complicated. */
9637 maybe_never = 1;
9638 else
9639 /* If there are any more instructions in the loop, they
9640 might not be reached. */
9641 next_maybe_never = 1;
9643 else if (next_maybe_never)
9644 maybe_never = 1;
9647 /* Find start of the extended basic block that enters the loop. */
9648 for (p = loop->start;
9649 PREV_INSN (p) && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL;
9650 p = PREV_INSN (p))
9652 prev_ebb_head = p;
9654 cselib_init ();
9656 /* Build table of mems that get set to constant values before the
9657 loop. */
9658 for (; p != loop->start; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
9659 cselib_process_insn (p);
9661 /* Actually move the MEMs. */
9662 for (i = 0; i < loop_info->mems_idx; ++i)
9664 regset_head load_copies;
9665 regset_head store_copies;
9666 int written = 0;
9667 rtx reg;
9668 rtx mem = loop_info->mems[i].mem;
9669 rtx mem_list_entry;
9671 if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem)
9672 || loop_invariant_p (loop, XEXP (mem, 0)) != 1)
9673 /* There's no telling whether or not MEM is modified. */
9674 loop_info->mems[i].optimize = 0;
9676 /* Go through the MEMs written to in the loop to see if this
9677 one is aliased by one of them. */
9678 mem_list_entry = loop_info->store_mems;
9679 while (mem_list_entry)
9681 if (rtx_equal_p (mem, XEXP (mem_list_entry, 0)))
9682 written = 1;
9683 else if (true_dependence (XEXP (mem_list_entry, 0), VOIDmode,
9684 mem, rtx_varies_p))
9686 /* MEM is indeed aliased by this store. */
9687 loop_info->mems[i].optimize = 0;
9688 break;
9690 mem_list_entry = XEXP (mem_list_entry, 1);
9693 if (flag_float_store && written
9694 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (mem)) == MODE_FLOAT)
9695 loop_info->mems[i].optimize = 0;
9697 /* If this MEM is written to, we must be sure that there
9698 are no reads from another MEM that aliases this one. */
9699 if (loop_info->mems[i].optimize && written)
9701 int j;
9703 for (j = 0; j < loop_info->mems_idx; ++j)
9705 if (j == i)
9706 continue;
9707 else if (true_dependence (mem,
9708 VOIDmode,
9709 loop_info->mems[j].mem,
9710 rtx_varies_p))
9712 /* It's not safe to hoist loop_info->mems[i] out of
9713 the loop because writes to it might not be
9714 seen by reads from loop_info->mems[j]. */
9715 loop_info->mems[i].optimize = 0;
9716 break;
9721 if (maybe_never && may_trap_p (mem))
9722 /* We can't access the MEM outside the loop; it might
9723 cause a trap that wouldn't have happened otherwise. */
9724 loop_info->mems[i].optimize = 0;
9726 if (!loop_info->mems[i].optimize)
9727 /* We thought we were going to lift this MEM out of the
9728 loop, but later discovered that we could not. */
9729 continue;
9731 INIT_REG_SET (&load_copies);
9732 INIT_REG_SET (&store_copies);
9734 /* Allocate a pseudo for this MEM. We set REG_USERVAR_P in
9735 order to keep scan_loop from moving stores to this MEM
9736 out of the loop just because this REG is neither a
9737 user-variable nor used in the loop test. */
9738 reg = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (mem));
9739 REG_USERVAR_P (reg) = 1;
9740 loop_info->mems[i].reg = reg;
9742 /* Now, replace all references to the MEM with the
9743 corresponding pseudos. */
9744 maybe_never = 0;
9745 for (p = next_insn_in_loop (loop, loop->scan_start);
9746 p != NULL_RTX;
9747 p = next_insn_in_loop (loop, p))
9749 if (INSN_P (p))
9751 rtx set;
9753 set = single_set (p);
9755 /* See if this copies the mem into a register that isn't
9756 modified afterwards. We'll try to do copy propagation
9757 a little further on. */
9758 if (set
9759 /* @@@ This test is _way_ too conservative. */
9760 && ! maybe_never
9761 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
9762 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
9763 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) < last_max_reg
9764 && regs->array[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))].n_times_set == 1
9765 && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set), mem))
9766 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&load_copies, REGNO (SET_DEST (set)));
9768 /* See if this copies the mem from a register that isn't
9769 modified afterwards. We'll try to remove the
9770 redundant copy later on by doing a little register
9771 renaming and copy propagation. This will help
9772 to untangle things for the BIV detection code. */
9773 if (set
9774 && ! maybe_never
9775 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
9776 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
9777 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) < last_max_reg
9778 && regs->array[REGNO (SET_SRC (set))].n_times_set == 1
9779 && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set), mem))
9780 SET_REGNO_REG_SET (&store_copies, REGNO (SET_SRC (set)));
9782 /* Replace the memory reference with the shadow register. */
9783 replace_loop_mems (p, loop_info->mems[i].mem,
9784 loop_info->mems[i].reg);
9787 if (GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL
9788 || GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN)
9789 maybe_never = 1;
9792 if (! apply_change_group ())
9793 /* We couldn't replace all occurrences of the MEM. */
9794 loop_info->mems[i].optimize = 0;
9795 else
9797 /* Load the memory immediately before LOOP->START, which is
9798 the NOTE_LOOP_BEG. */
9799 cselib_val *e = cselib_lookup (mem, VOIDmode, 0);
9800 rtx set;
9801 rtx best = mem;
9802 int j;
9803 struct elt_loc_list *const_equiv = 0;
9805 if (e)
9807 struct elt_loc_list *equiv;
9808 struct elt_loc_list *best_equiv = 0;
9809 for (equiv = e->locs; equiv; equiv = equiv->next)
9811 if (CONSTANT_P (equiv->loc))
9812 const_equiv = equiv;
9813 else if (GET_CODE (equiv->loc) == REG
9814 /* Extending hard register lifetimes causes crash
9815 on SRC targets. Doing so on non-SRC is
9816 probably also not good idea, since we most
9817 probably have pseudoregister equivalence as
9818 well. */
9819 && REGNO (equiv->loc) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
9820 best_equiv = equiv;
9822 /* Use the constant equivalence if that is cheap enough. */
9823 if (! best_equiv)
9824 best_equiv = const_equiv;
9825 else if (const_equiv
9826 && (rtx_cost (const_equiv->loc, SET)
9827 <= rtx_cost (best_equiv->loc, SET)))
9829 best_equiv = const_equiv;
9830 const_equiv = 0;
9833 /* If best_equiv is nonzero, we know that MEM is set to a
9834 constant or register before the loop. We will use this
9835 knowledge to initialize the shadow register with that
9836 constant or reg rather than by loading from MEM. */
9837 if (best_equiv)
9838 best = copy_rtx (best_equiv->loc);
9841 set = gen_move_insn (reg, best);
9842 set = loop_insn_hoist (loop, set);
9843 if (REG_P (best))
9845 for (p = prev_ebb_head; p != loop->start; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
9846 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (best)) == INSN_UID (p))
9848 REGNO_LAST_UID (REGNO (best)) = INSN_UID (set);
9849 break;
9853 if (const_equiv)
9854 set_unique_reg_note (set, REG_EQUAL, copy_rtx (const_equiv->loc));
9856 if (written)
9858 if (label == NULL_RTX)
9860 label = gen_label_rtx ();
9861 emit_label_after (label, loop->end);
9864 /* Store the memory immediately after END, which is
9865 the NOTE_LOOP_END. */
9866 set = gen_move_insn (copy_rtx (mem), reg);
9867 loop_insn_emit_after (loop, 0, label, set);
9870 if (loop_dump_stream)
9872 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, "Hoisted regno %d %s from ",
9873 REGNO (reg), (written ? "r/w" : "r/o"));
9874 print_rtl (loop_dump_stream, mem);
9875 fputc ('\n', loop_dump_stream);
9878 /* Attempt a bit of copy propagation. This helps untangle the
9879 data flow, and enables {basic,general}_induction_var to find
9880 more bivs/givs. */
9881 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
9882 (&load_copies, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, j,
9884 try_copy_prop (loop, reg, j);
9886 CLEAR_REG_SET (&load_copies);
9888 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET
9889 (&store_copies, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, j,
9891 try_swap_copy_prop (loop, reg, j);
9893 CLEAR_REG_SET (&store_copies);
9897 if (label != NULL_RTX && end_label != NULL_RTX)
9899 /* Now, we need to replace all references to the previous exit
9900 label with the new one. */
9901 rtx_pair rr;
9902 rr.r1 = end_label;
9903 rr.r2 = label;
9905 for (p = loop->start; p != loop->end; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
9907 for_each_rtx (&p, replace_label, &rr);
9909 /* If this is a JUMP_INSN, then we also need to fix the JUMP_LABEL
9910 field. This is not handled by for_each_rtx because it doesn't
9911 handle unprinted ('0') fields. We need to update JUMP_LABEL
9912 because the immediately following unroll pass will use it.
9913 replace_label would not work anyways, because that only handles
9914 LABEL_REFs. */
9915 if (GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN && JUMP_LABEL (p) == end_label)
9916 JUMP_LABEL (p) = label;
9920 cselib_finish ();
9923 /* For communication between note_reg_stored and its caller. */
9924 struct note_reg_stored_arg
9926 int set_seen;
9927 rtx reg;
9930 /* Called via note_stores, record in SET_SEEN whether X, which is written,
9931 is equal to ARG. */
9932 static void
9933 note_reg_stored (x, setter, arg)
9934 rtx x, setter ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9935 void *arg;
9937 struct note_reg_stored_arg *t = (struct note_reg_stored_arg *) arg;
9938 if (t->reg == x)
9939 t->set_seen = 1;
9942 /* Try to replace every occurrence of pseudo REGNO with REPLACEMENT.
9943 There must be exactly one insn that sets this pseudo; it will be
9944 deleted if all replacements succeed and we can prove that the register
9945 is not used after the loop. */
9947 static void
9948 try_copy_prop (loop, replacement, regno)
9949 const struct loop *loop;
9950 rtx replacement;
9951 unsigned int regno;
9953 /* This is the reg that we are copying from. */
9954 rtx reg_rtx = regno_reg_rtx[regno];
9955 rtx init_insn = 0;
9956 rtx insn;
9957 /* These help keep track of whether we replaced all uses of the reg. */
9958 int replaced_last = 0;
9959 int store_is_first = 0;
9961 for (insn = next_insn_in_loop (loop, loop->scan_start);
9962 insn != NULL_RTX;
9963 insn = next_insn_in_loop (loop, insn))
9965 rtx set;
9967 /* Only substitute within one extended basic block from the initializing
9968 insn. */
9969 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL && init_insn)
9970 break;
9972 if (! INSN_P (insn))
9973 continue;
9975 /* Is this the initializing insn? */
9976 set = single_set (insn);
9977 if (set
9978 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
9979 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == regno)
9981 if (init_insn)
9982 abort ();
9984 init_insn = insn;
9985 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (insn))
9986 store_is_first = 1;
9989 /* Only substitute after seeing the initializing insn. */
9990 if (init_insn && insn != init_insn)
9992 struct note_reg_stored_arg arg;
9994 replace_loop_regs (insn, reg_rtx, replacement);
9995 if (REGNO_LAST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (insn))
9996 replaced_last = 1;
9998 /* Stop replacing when REPLACEMENT is modified. */
9999 arg.reg = replacement;
10000 arg.set_seen = 0;
10001 note_stores (PATTERN (insn), note_reg_stored, &arg);
10002 if (arg.set_seen)
10004 rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, NULL);
10006 /* It is possible that we've turned previously valid REG_EQUAL to
10007 invalid, as we change the REGNO to REPLACEMENT and unlike REGNO,
10008 REPLACEMENT is modified, we get different meaning. */
10009 if (note && reg_mentioned_p (replacement, XEXP (note, 0)))
10010 remove_note (insn, note);
10011 break;
10015 if (! init_insn)
10016 abort ();
10017 if (apply_change_group ())
10019 if (loop_dump_stream)
10020 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, " Replaced reg %d", regno);
10021 if (store_is_first && replaced_last)
10023 rtx first;
10024 rtx retval_note;
10026 /* Assume we're just deleting INIT_INSN. */
10027 first = init_insn;
10028 /* Look for REG_RETVAL note. If we're deleting the end of
10029 the libcall sequence, the whole sequence can go. */
10030 retval_note = find_reg_note (init_insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX);
10031 /* If we found a REG_RETVAL note, find the first instruction
10032 in the sequence. */
10033 if (retval_note)
10034 first = XEXP (retval_note, 0);
10036 /* Delete the instructions. */
10037 loop_delete_insns (first, init_insn);
10039 if (loop_dump_stream)
10040 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, ".\n");
10044 /* Replace all the instructions from FIRST up to and including LAST
10045 with NOTE_INSN_DELETED notes. */
10047 static void
10048 loop_delete_insns (first, last)
10049 rtx first;
10050 rtx last;
10052 while (1)
10054 if (loop_dump_stream)
10055 fprintf (loop_dump_stream, ", deleting init_insn (%d)",
10056 INSN_UID (first));
10057 delete_insn (first);
10059 /* If this was the LAST instructions we're supposed to delete,
10060 we're done. */
10061 if (first == last)
10062 break;
10064 first = NEXT_INSN (first);
10068 /* Try to replace occurrences of pseudo REGNO with REPLACEMENT within
10069 loop LOOP if the order of the sets of these registers can be
10070 swapped. There must be exactly one insn within the loop that sets
10071 this pseudo followed immediately by a move insn that sets
10072 REPLACEMENT with REGNO. */
10073 static void
10074 try_swap_copy_prop (loop, replacement, regno)
10075 const struct loop *loop;
10076 rtx replacement;
10077 unsigned int regno;
10079 rtx insn;
10080 rtx set = NULL_RTX;
10081 unsigned int new_regno;
10083 new_regno = REGNO (replacement);
10085 for (insn = next_insn_in_loop (loop, loop->scan_start);
10086 insn != NULL_RTX;
10087 insn = next_insn_in_loop (loop, insn))
10089 /* Search for the insn that copies REGNO to NEW_REGNO? */
10090 if (INSN_P (insn)
10091 && (set = single_set (insn))
10092 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG
10093 && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) == new_regno
10094 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
10095 && REGNO (SET_SRC (set)) == regno)
10096 break;
10099 if (insn != NULL_RTX)
10101 rtx prev_insn;
10102 rtx prev_set;
10104 /* Some DEF-USE info would come in handy here to make this
10105 function more general. For now, just check the previous insn
10106 which is the most likely candidate for setting REGNO. */
10108 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (insn);
10110 if (INSN_P (insn)
10111 && (prev_set = single_set (prev_insn))
10112 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (prev_set)) == REG
10113 && REGNO (SET_DEST (prev_set)) == regno)
10115 /* We have:
10116 (set (reg regno) (expr))
10117 (set (reg new_regno) (reg regno))
10119 so try converting this to:
10120 (set (reg new_regno) (expr))
10121 (set (reg regno) (reg new_regno))
10123 The former construct is often generated when a global
10124 variable used for an induction variable is shadowed by a
10125 register (NEW_REGNO). The latter construct improves the
10126 chances of GIV replacement and BIV elimination. */
10128 validate_change (prev_insn, &SET_DEST (prev_set),
10129 replacement, 1);
10130 validate_change (insn, &SET_DEST (set),
10131 SET_SRC (set), 1);
10132 validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (set),
10133 replacement, 1);
10135 if (apply_change_group ())
10137 if (loop_dump_stream)
10138 fprintf (loop_dump_stream,
10139 " Swapped set of reg %d at %d with reg %d at %d.\n",
10140 regno, INSN_UID (insn),
10141 new_regno, INSN_UID (prev_insn));
10143 /* Update first use of REGNO. */
10144 if (REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) == INSN_UID (prev_insn))
10145 REGNO_FIRST_UID (regno) = INSN_UID (insn);
10147 /* Now perform copy propagation to hopefully
10148 remove all uses of REGNO within the loop. */
10149 try_copy_prop (loop, replacement, regno);
10155 /* Replace MEM with its associated pseudo register. This function is
10156 called from load_mems via for_each_rtx. DATA is actually a pointer
10157 to a structure describing the instruction currently being scanned
10158 and the MEM we are currently replacing. */
10160 static int
10161 replace_loop_mem (mem, data)
10162 rtx *mem;
10163 void *data;
10165 loop_replace_args *args = (loop_replace_args *) data;
10166 rtx m = *mem;
10168 if (m == NULL_RTX)
10169 return 0;
10171 switch (GET_CODE (m))
10173 case MEM:
10174 break;
10176 case CONST_DOUBLE:
10177 /* We're not interested in the MEM associated with a
10178 CONST_DOUBLE, so there's no need to traverse into one. */
10179 return -1;
10181 default:
10182 /* This is not a MEM. */
10183 return 0;
10186 if (!rtx_equal_p (args->match, m))
10187 /* This is not the MEM we are currently replacing. */
10188 return 0;
10190 /* Actually replace the MEM. */
10191 validate_change (args->insn, mem, args->replacement, 1);
10193 return 0;
10196 static void
10197 replace_loop_mems (insn, mem, reg)
10198 rtx insn;
10199 rtx mem;
10200 rtx reg;
10202 loop_replace_args args;
10204 args.insn = insn;
10205 args.match = mem;
10206 args.replacement = reg;
10208 for_each_rtx (&insn, replace_loop_mem, &args);
10211 /* Replace one register with another. Called through for_each_rtx; PX points
10212 to the rtx being scanned. DATA is actually a pointer to
10213 a structure of arguments. */
10215 static int
10216 replace_loop_reg (px, data)
10217 rtx *px;
10218 void *data;
10220 rtx x = *px;
10221 loop_replace_args *args = (loop_replace_args *) data;
10223 if (x == NULL_RTX)
10224 return 0;
10226 if (x == args->match)
10227 validate_change (args->insn, px, args->replacement, 1);
10229 return 0;
10232 static void
10233 replace_loop_regs (insn, reg, replacement)
10234 rtx insn;
10235 rtx reg;
10236 rtx replacement;
10238 loop_replace_args args;
10240 args.insn = insn;
10241 args.match = reg;
10242 args.replacement = replacement;
10244 for_each_rtx (&insn, replace_loop_reg, &args);
10247 /* Replace occurrences of the old exit label for the loop with the new
10248 one. DATA is an rtx_pair containing the old and new labels,
10249 respectively. */
10251 static int
10252 replace_label (x, data)
10253 rtx *x;
10254 void *data;
10256 rtx l = *x;
10257 rtx old_label = ((rtx_pair *) data)->r1;
10258 rtx new_label = ((rtx_pair *) data)->r2;
10260 if (l == NULL_RTX)
10261 return 0;
10263 if (GET_CODE (l) != LABEL_REF)
10264 return 0;
10266 if (XEXP (l, 0) != old_label)
10267 return 0;
10269 XEXP (l, 0) = new_label;
10270 ++LABEL_NUSES (new_label);
10271 --LABEL_NUSES (old_label);
10273 return 0;
10276 /* Emit insn for PATTERN after WHERE_INSN in basic block WHERE_BB
10277 (ignored in the interim). */
10279 static rtx
10280 loop_insn_emit_after (loop, where_bb, where_insn, pattern)
10281 const struct loop *loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10282 basic_block where_bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10283 rtx where_insn;
10284 rtx pattern;
10286 return emit_insn_after (pattern, where_insn);
10290 /* If WHERE_INSN is non-zero emit insn for PATTERN before WHERE_INSN
10291 in basic block WHERE_BB (ignored in the interim) within the loop
10292 otherwise hoist PATTERN into the loop pre-header. */
10295 loop_insn_emit_before (loop, where_bb, where_insn, pattern)
10296 const struct loop *loop;
10297 basic_block where_bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10298 rtx where_insn;
10299 rtx pattern;
10301 if (! where_insn)
10302 return loop_insn_hoist (loop, pattern);
10303 return emit_insn_before (pattern, where_insn);
10307 /* Emit call insn for PATTERN before WHERE_INSN in basic block
10308 WHERE_BB (ignored in the interim) within the loop. */
10310 static rtx
10311 loop_call_insn_emit_before (loop, where_bb, where_insn, pattern)
10312 const struct loop *loop ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10313 basic_block where_bb ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10314 rtx where_insn;
10315 rtx pattern;
10317 return emit_call_insn_before (pattern, where_insn);
10321 /* Hoist insn for PATTERN into the loop pre-header. */
10324 loop_insn_hoist (loop, pattern)
10325 const struct loop *loop;
10326 rtx pattern;
10328 return loop_insn_emit_before (loop, 0, loop->start, pattern);
10332 /* Hoist call insn for PATTERN into the loop pre-header. */
10334 static rtx
10335 loop_call_insn_hoist (loop, pattern)
10336 const struct loop *loop;
10337 rtx pattern;
10339 return loop_call_insn_emit_before (loop, 0, loop->start, pattern);
10343 /* Sink insn for PATTERN after the loop end. */
10346 loop_insn_sink (loop, pattern)
10347 const struct loop *loop;
10348 rtx pattern;
10350 return loop_insn_emit_before (loop, 0, loop->sink, pattern);
10354 /* If the loop has multiple exits, emit insn for PATTERN before the
10355 loop to ensure that it will always be executed no matter how the
10356 loop exits. Otherwise, emit the insn for PATTERN after the loop,
10357 since this is slightly more efficient. */
10359 static rtx
10360 loop_insn_sink_or_swim (loop, pattern)
10361 const struct loop *loop;
10362 rtx pattern;
10364 if (loop->exit_count)
10365 return loop_insn_hoist (loop, pattern);
10366 else
10367 return loop_insn_sink (loop, pattern);
10370 static void
10371 loop_ivs_dump (loop, file, verbose)
10372 const struct loop *loop;
10373 FILE *file;
10374 int verbose;
10376 struct iv_class *bl;
10377 int iv_num = 0;
10379 if (! loop || ! file)
10380 return;
10382 for (bl = LOOP_IVS (loop)->list; bl; bl = bl->next)
10383 iv_num++;
10385 fprintf (file, "Loop %d: %d IV classes\n", loop->num, iv_num);
10387 for (bl = LOOP_IVS (loop)->list; bl; bl = bl->next)
10389 loop_iv_class_dump (bl, file, verbose);
10390 fputc ('\n', file);
10395 static void
10396 loop_iv_class_dump (bl, file, verbose)
10397 const struct iv_class *bl;
10398 FILE *file;
10399 int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10401 struct induction *v;
10402 rtx incr;
10403 int i;
10405 if (! bl || ! file)
10406 return;
10408 fprintf (file, "IV class for reg %d, benefit %d\n",
10409 bl->regno, bl->total_benefit);
10411 fprintf (file, " Init insn %d", INSN_UID (bl->init_insn));
10412 if (bl->initial_value)
10414 fprintf (file, ", init val: ");
10415 print_simple_rtl (file, bl->initial_value);
10417 if (bl->initial_test)
10419 fprintf (file, ", init test: ");
10420 print_simple_rtl (file, bl->initial_test);
10422 fputc ('\n', file);
10424 if (bl->final_value)
10426 fprintf (file, " Final val: ");
10427 print_simple_rtl (file, bl->final_value);
10428 fputc ('\n', file);
10431 if ((incr = biv_total_increment (bl)))
10433 fprintf (file, " Total increment: ");
10434 print_simple_rtl (file, incr);
10435 fputc ('\n', file);
10438 /* List the increments. */
10439 for (i = 0, v = bl->biv; v; v = v->next_iv, i++)
10441 fprintf (file, " Inc%d: insn %d, incr: ", i, INSN_UID (v->insn));
10442 print_simple_rtl (file, v->add_val);
10443 fputc ('\n', file);
10446 /* List the givs. */
10447 for (i = 0, v = bl->giv; v; v = v->next_iv, i++)
10449 fprintf (file, " Giv%d: insn %d, benefit %d, ",
10450 i, INSN_UID (v->insn), v->benefit);
10451 if (v->giv_type == DEST_ADDR)
10452 print_simple_rtl (file, v->mem);
10453 else
10454 print_simple_rtl (file, single_set (v->insn));
10455 fputc ('\n', file);
10460 static void
10461 loop_biv_dump (v, file, verbose)
10462 const struct induction *v;
10463 FILE *file;
10464 int verbose;
10466 if (! v || ! file)
10467 return;
10469 fprintf (file,
10470 "Biv %d: insn %d",
10471 REGNO (v->dest_reg), INSN_UID (v->insn));
10472 fprintf (file, " const ");
10473 print_simple_rtl (file, v->add_val);
10475 if (verbose && v->final_value)
10477 fputc ('\n', file);
10478 fprintf (file, " final ");
10479 print_simple_rtl (file, v->final_value);
10482 fputc ('\n', file);
10486 static void
10487 loop_giv_dump (v, file, verbose)
10488 const struct induction *v;
10489 FILE *file;
10490 int verbose;
10492 if (! v || ! file)
10493 return;
10495 if (v->giv_type == DEST_REG)
10496 fprintf (file, "Giv %d: insn %d",
10497 REGNO (v->dest_reg), INSN_UID (v->insn));
10498 else
10499 fprintf (file, "Dest address: insn %d",
10500 INSN_UID (v->insn));
10502 fprintf (file, " src reg %d benefit %d",
10503 REGNO (v->src_reg), v->benefit);
10504 fprintf (file, " lifetime %d",
10505 v->lifetime);
10507 if (v->replaceable)
10508 fprintf (file, " replaceable");
10510 if (v->no_const_addval)
10511 fprintf (file, " ncav");
10513 if (v->ext_dependent)
10515 switch (GET_CODE (v->ext_dependent))
10517 case SIGN_EXTEND:
10518 fprintf (file, " ext se");
10519 break;
10520 case ZERO_EXTEND:
10521 fprintf (file, " ext ze");
10522 break;
10523 case TRUNCATE:
10524 fprintf (file, " ext tr");
10525 break;
10526 default:
10527 abort ();
10531 fputc ('\n', file);
10532 fprintf (file, " mult ");
10533 print_simple_rtl (file, v->mult_val);
10535 fputc ('\n', file);
10536 fprintf (file, " add ");
10537 print_simple_rtl (file, v->add_val);
10539 if (verbose && v->final_value)
10541 fputc ('\n', file);
10542 fprintf (file, " final ");
10543 print_simple_rtl (file, v->final_value);
10546 fputc ('\n', file);
10550 void
10551 debug_ivs (loop)
10552 const struct loop *loop;
10554 loop_ivs_dump (loop, stderr, 1);
10558 void
10559 debug_iv_class (bl)
10560 const struct iv_class *bl;
10562 loop_iv_class_dump (bl, stderr, 1);
10566 void
10567 debug_biv (v)
10568 const struct induction *v;
10570 loop_biv_dump (v, stderr, 1);
10574 void
10575 debug_giv (v)
10576 const struct induction *v;
10578 loop_giv_dump (v, stderr, 1);
10582 #define LOOP_BLOCK_NUM_1(INSN) \
10583 ((INSN) ? (BLOCK_FOR_INSN (INSN) ? BLOCK_NUM (INSN) : - 1) : -1)
10585 /* The notes do not have an assigned block, so look at the next insn. */
10586 #define LOOP_BLOCK_NUM(INSN) \
10587 ((INSN) ? (GET_CODE (INSN) == NOTE \
10588 ? LOOP_BLOCK_NUM_1 (next_nonnote_insn (INSN)) \
10589 : LOOP_BLOCK_NUM_1 (INSN)) \
10590 : -1)
10592 #define LOOP_INSN_UID(INSN) ((INSN) ? INSN_UID (INSN) : -1)
10594 static void
10595 loop_dump_aux (loop, file, verbose)
10596 const struct loop *loop;
10597 FILE *file;
10598 int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
10600 rtx label;
10602 if (! loop || ! file)
10603 return;
10605 /* Print diagnostics to compare our concept of a loop with
10606 what the loop notes say. */
10607 if (! PREV_INSN (loop->first->head)
10608 || GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (loop->first->head)) != NOTE
10609 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (PREV_INSN (loop->first->head))
10610 != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG)
10611 fprintf (file, ";; No NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG at %d\n",
10612 INSN_UID (PREV_INSN (loop->first->head)));
10613 if (! NEXT_INSN (loop->last->end)
10614 || GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (loop->last->end)) != NOTE
10615 || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (NEXT_INSN (loop->last->end))
10616 != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END)
10617 fprintf (file, ";; No NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END at %d\n",
10618 INSN_UID (NEXT_INSN (loop->last->end)));
10620 if (loop->start)
10622 fprintf (file,
10623 ";; start %d (%d), cont dom %d (%d), cont %d (%d), vtop %d (%d), end %d (%d)\n",
10624 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop->start),
10625 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop->start),
10626 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop->cont),
10627 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop->cont),
10628 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop->cont),
10629 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop->cont),
10630 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop->vtop),
10631 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop->vtop),
10632 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop->end),
10633 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop->end));
10634 fprintf (file, ";; top %d (%d), scan start %d (%d)\n",
10635 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop->top),
10636 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop->top),
10637 LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop->scan_start),
10638 LOOP_INSN_UID (loop->scan_start));
10639 fprintf (file, ";; exit_count %d", loop->exit_count);
10640 if (loop->exit_count)
10642 fputs (", labels:", file);
10643 for (label = loop->exit_labels; label; label = LABEL_NEXTREF (label))
10645 fprintf (file, " %d ",
10646 LOOP_INSN_UID (XEXP (label, 0)));
10649 fputs ("\n", file);
10651 /* This can happen when a marked loop appears as two nested loops,
10652 say from while (a || b) {}. The inner loop won't match
10653 the loop markers but the outer one will. */
10654 if (LOOP_BLOCK_NUM (loop->cont) != loop->latch->index)
10655 fprintf (file, ";; NOTE_INSN_LOOP_CONT not in loop latch\n");
10659 /* Call this function from the debugger to dump LOOP. */
10661 void
10662 debug_loop (loop)
10663 const struct loop *loop;
10665 flow_loop_dump (loop, stderr, loop_dump_aux, 1);
10668 /* Call this function from the debugger to dump LOOPS. */
10670 void
10671 debug_loops (loops)
10672 const struct loops *loops;
10674 flow_loops_dump (loops, stderr, loop_dump_aux, 1);